OpenCloudOS-Kernel/net/dsa/slave.c

2488 lines
61 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
/*
* net/dsa/slave.c - Slave device handling
dsa: add switch chip cascading support The initial version of the DSA driver only supported a single switch chip per network interface, while DSA-capable switch chips can be interconnected to form a tree of switch chips. This patch adds support for multiple switch chips on a network interface. An example topology for a 16-port device with an embedded CPU is as follows: +-----+ +--------+ +--------+ | |eth0 10| switch |9 10| switch | | CPU +----------+ +-------+ | | | | chip 0 | | chip 1 | +-----+ +---++---+ +---++---+ || || || || ||1000baseT ||1000baseT ||ports 1-8 ||ports 9-16 This requires a couple of interdependent changes in the DSA layer: - The dsa platform driver data needs to be extended: there is still only one netdevice per DSA driver instance (eth0 in the example above), but each of the switch chips in the tree needs its own mii_bus device pointer, MII management bus address, and port name array. (include/net/dsa.h) The existing in-tree dsa users need some small changes to deal with this. (arch/arm) - The DSA and Ethertype DSA tagging modules need to be extended to use the DSA device ID field on receive and demultiplex the packet accordingly, and fill in the DSA device ID field on transmit according to which switch chip the packet is heading to. (net/dsa/tag_{dsa,edsa}.c) - The concept of "CPU port", which is the switch chip port that the CPU is connected to (port 10 on switch chip 0 in the example), needs to be extended with the concept of "upstream port", which is the port on the switch chip that will bring us one hop closer to the CPU (port 10 for both switch chips in the example above). - The dsa platform data needs to specify which ports on which switch chips are links to other switch chips, so that we can enable DSA tagging mode on them. (For inter-switch links, we always use non-EtherType DSA tagging, since it has lower overhead. The CPU link uses dsa or edsa tagging depending on what the 'root' switch chip supports.) This is done by specifying "dsa" for the given port in the port array. - The dsa platform data needs to be extended with information on via which port to reach any given switch chip from any given switch chip. This info is specified via the per-switch chip data struct ->rtable[] array, which gives the nexthop ports for each of the other switches in the tree. For the example topology above, the dsa platform data would look something like this: static struct dsa_chip_data sw[2] = { { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 1, .port_names[0] = "p1", .port_names[1] = "p2", .port_names[2] = "p3", .port_names[3] = "p4", .port_names[4] = "p5", .port_names[5] = "p6", .port_names[6] = "p7", .port_names[7] = "p8", .port_names[9] = "dsa", .port_names[10] = "cpu", .rtable = (s8 []){ -1, 9, }, }, { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 2, .port_names[0] = "p9", .port_names[1] = "p10", .port_names[2] = "p11", .port_names[3] = "p12", .port_names[4] = "p13", .port_names[5] = "p14", .port_names[6] = "p15", .port_names[7] = "p16", .port_names[10] = "dsa", .rtable = (s8 []){ 10, -1, }, }, }, static struct dsa_platform_data pd = { .netdev = &foo, .nr_switches = 2, .sw = sw, }; Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 17:52:09 +08:00
* Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Marvell Semiconductor
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
*/
#include <linux/list.h>
#include <linux/etherdevice.h>
#include <linux/netdevice.h>
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
#include <linux/phy.h>
#include <linux/phy_fixed.h>
#include <linux/phylink.h>
#include <linux/of_net.h>
#include <linux/of_mdio.h>
#include <linux/mdio.h>
#include <net/rtnetlink.h>
#include <net/pkt_cls.h>
#include <net/selftests.h>
#include <net/tc_act/tc_mirred.h>
#include <linux/if_bridge.h>
#include <linux/if_hsr.h>
#include <linux/netpoll.h>
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
#include "dsa_priv.h"
/* slave mii_bus handling ***************************************************/
static int dsa_slave_phy_read(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, int reg)
{
struct dsa_switch *ds = bus->priv;
if (ds->phys_mii_mask & (1 << addr))
return ds->ops->phy_read(ds, addr, reg);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
return 0xffff;
}
static int dsa_slave_phy_write(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, int reg, u16 val)
{
struct dsa_switch *ds = bus->priv;
if (ds->phys_mii_mask & (1 << addr))
return ds->ops->phy_write(ds, addr, reg, val);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
return 0;
}
void dsa_slave_mii_bus_init(struct dsa_switch *ds)
{
ds->slave_mii_bus->priv = (void *)ds;
ds->slave_mii_bus->name = "dsa slave smi";
ds->slave_mii_bus->read = dsa_slave_phy_read;
ds->slave_mii_bus->write = dsa_slave_phy_write;
snprintf(ds->slave_mii_bus->id, MII_BUS_ID_SIZE, "dsa-%d.%d",
ds->dst->index, ds->index);
ds->slave_mii_bus->parent = ds->dev;
ds->slave_mii_bus->phy_mask = ~ds->phys_mii_mask;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
}
/* slave device handling ****************************************************/
static int dsa_slave_get_iflink(const struct net_device *dev)
{
return dsa_slave_to_master(dev)->ifindex;
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
static int dsa_slave_open(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
int err;
net: dsa: automatically bring up DSA master when opening user port DSA wants the master interface to be open before the user port is due to historical reasons. The promiscuity of interfaces that are down used to have issues, as referenced Lennert Buytenhek in commit df02c6ff2e39 ("dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling"). The bugfix mentioned there, commit b6c40d68ff64 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), was basically a "don't do that" approach to working around the promiscuity while down issue. Further work done by Vlad Yasevich in commit d2615bf45069 ("net: core: Always propagate flag changes to interfaces") has resolved the underlying issue, and it is strictly up to the DSA and 8021q drivers now, it is no longer mandated by the networking core that the master interface must be up when changing its promiscuity. From DSA's point of view, deciding to error out in dsa_slave_open because the master isn't up is (a) a bad user experience and (b) knocking at an open door. Even if there still was an issue with promiscuity while down, DSA could still just open the master and avoid it. Doing it this way has the additional benefit that user space can now remove DSA-specific workarounds, like systemd-networkd with BindCarrier: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/issues/7478 And we can finally remove one of the 2 bullets in the "Common pitfalls using DSA setups" chapter. Tested with two cascaded DSA switches: $ ip link set sw0p2 up fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eno2: configuring for fixed/internal link mode fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eno2: Link is Up - 1Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: configuring for fixed/sgmii link mode mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: Link is Up - 1Gbps/Full - flow control off 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp0 sja1105 spi2.0 sw0p2: configuring for phy/rgmii-id link mode IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): eno2: link becomes ready IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): swp0: link becomes ready Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-02-05 21:37:10 +08:00
err = dev_open(master, NULL);
if (err < 0) {
netdev_err(dev, "failed to open master %s\n", master->name);
goto out;
}
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr)) {
err = dev_uc_add(master, dev->dev_addr);
if (err < 0)
goto out;
}
if (dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI) {
err = dev_set_allmulti(master, 1);
if (err < 0)
goto del_unicast;
}
if (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC) {
err = dev_set_promiscuity(master, 1);
if (err < 0)
goto clear_allmulti;
}
err = dsa_port_enable_rt(dp, dev->phydev);
if (err)
goto clear_promisc;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
return 0;
clear_promisc:
if (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC)
dev_set_promiscuity(master, -1);
clear_allmulti:
if (dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI)
dev_set_allmulti(master, -1);
del_unicast:
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr))
dev_uc_del(master, dev->dev_addr);
out:
return err;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
}
static int dsa_slave_close(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
dsa_port_disable_rt(dp);
dev_mc_unsync(master, dev);
dev_uc_unsync(master, dev);
if (dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI)
dev_set_allmulti(master, -1);
if (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC)
dev_set_promiscuity(master, -1);
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr))
dev_uc_del(master, dev->dev_addr);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
return 0;
}
static void dsa_slave_change_rx_flags(struct net_device *dev, int change)
{
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP) {
if (change & IFF_ALLMULTI)
dev_set_allmulti(master,
dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI ? 1 : -1);
if (change & IFF_PROMISC)
dev_set_promiscuity(master,
dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC ? 1 : -1);
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
}
static void dsa_slave_set_rx_mode(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
dev_mc_sync(master, dev);
dev_uc_sync(master, dev);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
}
static int dsa_slave_set_mac_address(struct net_device *dev, void *a)
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
{
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
struct sockaddr *addr = a;
int err;
if (!is_valid_ether_addr(addr->sa_data))
return -EADDRNOTAVAIL;
if (!(dev->flags & IFF_UP))
goto out;
if (!ether_addr_equal(addr->sa_data, master->dev_addr)) {
err = dev_uc_add(master, addr->sa_data);
if (err < 0)
return err;
}
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr))
dev_uc_del(master, dev->dev_addr);
out:
ether_addr_copy(dev->dev_addr, addr->sa_data);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
return 0;
}
struct dsa_slave_dump_ctx {
struct net_device *dev;
struct sk_buff *skb;
struct netlink_callback *cb;
int idx;
};
static int
dsa_slave_port_fdb_do_dump(const unsigned char *addr, u16 vid,
bool is_static, void *data)
{
struct dsa_slave_dump_ctx *dump = data;
u32 portid = NETLINK_CB(dump->cb->skb).portid;
u32 seq = dump->cb->nlh->nlmsg_seq;
struct nlmsghdr *nlh;
struct ndmsg *ndm;
if (dump->idx < dump->cb->args[2])
goto skip;
nlh = nlmsg_put(dump->skb, portid, seq, RTM_NEWNEIGH,
sizeof(*ndm), NLM_F_MULTI);
if (!nlh)
return -EMSGSIZE;
ndm = nlmsg_data(nlh);
ndm->ndm_family = AF_BRIDGE;
ndm->ndm_pad1 = 0;
ndm->ndm_pad2 = 0;
ndm->ndm_flags = NTF_SELF;
ndm->ndm_type = 0;
ndm->ndm_ifindex = dump->dev->ifindex;
ndm->ndm_state = is_static ? NUD_NOARP : NUD_REACHABLE;
if (nla_put(dump->skb, NDA_LLADDR, ETH_ALEN, addr))
goto nla_put_failure;
if (vid && nla_put_u16(dump->skb, NDA_VLAN, vid))
goto nla_put_failure;
nlmsg_end(dump->skb, nlh);
skip:
dump->idx++;
return 0;
nla_put_failure:
nlmsg_cancel(dump->skb, nlh);
return -EMSGSIZE;
}
static int
dsa_slave_fdb_dump(struct sk_buff *skb, struct netlink_callback *cb,
struct net_device *dev, struct net_device *filter_dev,
int *idx)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_slave_dump_ctx dump = {
.dev = dev,
.skb = skb,
.cb = cb,
.idx = *idx,
};
int err;
err = dsa_port_fdb_dump(dp, dsa_slave_port_fdb_do_dump, &dump);
*idx = dump.idx;
return err;
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
static int dsa_slave_ioctl(struct net_device *dev, struct ifreq *ifr, int cmd)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
int port = p->dp->index;
/* Pass through to switch driver if it supports timestamping */
switch (cmd) {
case SIOCGHWTSTAMP:
if (ds->ops->port_hwtstamp_get)
return ds->ops->port_hwtstamp_get(ds, port, ifr);
break;
case SIOCSHWTSTAMP:
if (ds->ops->port_hwtstamp_set)
return ds->ops->port_hwtstamp_set(ds, port, ifr);
break;
}
return phylink_mii_ioctl(p->dp->pl, ifr, cmd);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
}
static int dsa_slave_port_attr_set(struct net_device *dev,
const struct switchdev_attr *attr,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
int ret;
switch (attr->id) {
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_STP_STATE:
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, attr->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: switchdev: remove the transaction structure from port attributes Since the introduction of the switchdev API, port attributes were transmitted to drivers for offloading using a two-step transactional model, with a prepare phase that was supposed to catch all errors, and a commit phase that was supposed to never fail. Some classes of failures can never be avoided, like hardware access, or memory allocation. In the latter case, merely attempting to move the memory allocation to the preparation phase makes it impossible to avoid memory leaks, since commit 91cf8eceffc1 ("switchdev: Remove unused transaction item queue") which has removed the unused mechanism of passing on the allocated memory between one phase and another. It is time we admit that separating the preparation from the commit phase is something that is best left for the driver to decide, and not something that should be baked into the API, especially since there are no switchdev callers that depend on this. This patch removes the struct switchdev_trans member from switchdev port attribute notifier structures, and converts drivers to not look at this member. In part, this patch contains a revert of my previous commit 2e554a7a5d8a ("net: dsa: propagate switchdev vlan_filtering prepare phase to drivers"). For the most part, the conversion was trivial except for: - Rocker's world implementation based on Broadcom OF-DPA had an odd implementation of ofdpa_port_attr_bridge_flags_set. The conversion was done mechanically, by pasting the implementation twice, then only keeping the code that would get executed during prepare phase on top, then only keeping the code that gets executed during the commit phase on bottom, then simplifying the resulting code until this was obtained. - DSA's offloading of STP state, bridge flags, VLAN filtering and multicast router could be converted right away. But the ageing time could not, so a shim was introduced and this was left for a further commit. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> # RTL8366RB Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-09 08:01:50 +08:00
ret = dsa_port_set_state(dp, attr->u.stp_state);
break;
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING:
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge(dp, attr->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
ret = dsa_port_vlan_filtering(dp, attr->u.vlan_filtering,
extack);
break;
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_AGEING_TIME:
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge(dp, attr->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: switchdev: remove the transaction structure from port attributes Since the introduction of the switchdev API, port attributes were transmitted to drivers for offloading using a two-step transactional model, with a prepare phase that was supposed to catch all errors, and a commit phase that was supposed to never fail. Some classes of failures can never be avoided, like hardware access, or memory allocation. In the latter case, merely attempting to move the memory allocation to the preparation phase makes it impossible to avoid memory leaks, since commit 91cf8eceffc1 ("switchdev: Remove unused transaction item queue") which has removed the unused mechanism of passing on the allocated memory between one phase and another. It is time we admit that separating the preparation from the commit phase is something that is best left for the driver to decide, and not something that should be baked into the API, especially since there are no switchdev callers that depend on this. This patch removes the struct switchdev_trans member from switchdev port attribute notifier structures, and converts drivers to not look at this member. In part, this patch contains a revert of my previous commit 2e554a7a5d8a ("net: dsa: propagate switchdev vlan_filtering prepare phase to drivers"). For the most part, the conversion was trivial except for: - Rocker's world implementation based on Broadcom OF-DPA had an odd implementation of ofdpa_port_attr_bridge_flags_set. The conversion was done mechanically, by pasting the implementation twice, then only keeping the code that would get executed during prepare phase on top, then only keeping the code that gets executed during the commit phase on bottom, then simplifying the resulting code until this was obtained. - DSA's offloading of STP state, bridge flags, VLAN filtering and multicast router could be converted right away. But the ageing time could not, so a shim was introduced and this was left for a further commit. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> # RTL8366RB Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-09 08:01:50 +08:00
ret = dsa_port_ageing_time(dp, attr->u.ageing_time);
break;
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS:
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, attr->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: act as passthrough for bridge port flags There are multiple ways in which a PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute can be expressed by the bridge through switchdev, and not all of them can be emulated by DSA mid-layer API at the same time. One possible configuration is when the bridge offloads the port flags using a mask that has a single bit set - therefore only one feature should change. However, DSA currently groups together unicast and multicast flooding in the .port_egress_floods method, which limits our options when we try to add support for turning off broadcast flooding: do we extend .port_egress_floods with a third parameter which b53 and mv88e6xxx will ignore? But that means that the DSA layer, which currently implements the PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute all by itself, will see that .port_egress_floods is implemented, and will report that all 3 types of flooding are supported - not necessarily true. Another configuration is when the user specifies more than one flag at the same time, in the same netlink message. If we were to create one individual function per offloadable bridge port flag, we would limit the expressiveness of the switch driver of refusing certain combinations of flag values. For example, a switch may not have an explicit knob for flooding of unknown multicast, just for flooding in general. In that case, the only correct thing to do is to allow changes to BR_FLOOD and BR_MCAST_FLOOD in tandem, and never allow mismatched values. But having a separate .port_set_unicast_flood and .port_set_multicast_flood would not allow the driver to possibly reject that. Also, DSA doesn't consider it necessary to inform the driver that a SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER attribute was offloaded, because it just calls .port_egress_floods for the CPU port. When we'll add support for the plain SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_MROUTER, that will become a real problem because the flood settings will need to be held statefully in the DSA middle layer, otherwise changing the mrouter port attribute will impact the flooding attribute. And that's _assuming_ that the underlying hardware doesn't have anything else to do when a multicast router attaches to a port than flood unknown traffic to it. If it does, there will need to be a dedicated .port_set_mrouter anyway. So we need to let the DSA drivers see the exact form that the bridge passes this switchdev attribute in, otherwise we are standing in the way. Therefore we also need to use this form of language when communicating to the driver that it needs to configure its initial (before bridge join) and final (after bridge leave) port flags. The b53 and mv88e6xxx drivers are converted to the passthrough API and their implementation of .port_egress_floods is split into two: a function that configures unicast flooding and another for multicast. The mv88e6xxx implementation is quite hairy, and it turns out that the implementations of unknown unicast flooding are actually the same for 6185 and for 6352: behind the confusing names actually lie two individual bits: NO_UNKNOWN_MC -> FLOOD_UC = 0x4 = BIT(2) NO_UNKNOWN_UC -> FLOOD_MC = 0x8 = BIT(3) so there was no reason to entangle them in the first place. Whereas the 6185 writes to MV88E6185_PORT_CTL0_FORWARD_UNKNOWN of PORT_CTL0, which has the exact same bit index. I have left the implementations separate though, for the only reason that the names are different enough to confuse me, since I am not able to double-check with a user manual. The multicast flooding setting for 6185 is in a different register than for 6352 though. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-02-12 23:15:56 +08:00
ret = dsa_port_pre_bridge_flags(dp, attr->u.brport_flags,
extack);
break;
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS:
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, attr->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: act as passthrough for bridge port flags There are multiple ways in which a PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute can be expressed by the bridge through switchdev, and not all of them can be emulated by DSA mid-layer API at the same time. One possible configuration is when the bridge offloads the port flags using a mask that has a single bit set - therefore only one feature should change. However, DSA currently groups together unicast and multicast flooding in the .port_egress_floods method, which limits our options when we try to add support for turning off broadcast flooding: do we extend .port_egress_floods with a third parameter which b53 and mv88e6xxx will ignore? But that means that the DSA layer, which currently implements the PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute all by itself, will see that .port_egress_floods is implemented, and will report that all 3 types of flooding are supported - not necessarily true. Another configuration is when the user specifies more than one flag at the same time, in the same netlink message. If we were to create one individual function per offloadable bridge port flag, we would limit the expressiveness of the switch driver of refusing certain combinations of flag values. For example, a switch may not have an explicit knob for flooding of unknown multicast, just for flooding in general. In that case, the only correct thing to do is to allow changes to BR_FLOOD and BR_MCAST_FLOOD in tandem, and never allow mismatched values. But having a separate .port_set_unicast_flood and .port_set_multicast_flood would not allow the driver to possibly reject that. Also, DSA doesn't consider it necessary to inform the driver that a SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER attribute was offloaded, because it just calls .port_egress_floods for the CPU port. When we'll add support for the plain SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_MROUTER, that will become a real problem because the flood settings will need to be held statefully in the DSA middle layer, otherwise changing the mrouter port attribute will impact the flooding attribute. And that's _assuming_ that the underlying hardware doesn't have anything else to do when a multicast router attaches to a port than flood unknown traffic to it. If it does, there will need to be a dedicated .port_set_mrouter anyway. So we need to let the DSA drivers see the exact form that the bridge passes this switchdev attribute in, otherwise we are standing in the way. Therefore we also need to use this form of language when communicating to the driver that it needs to configure its initial (before bridge join) and final (after bridge leave) port flags. The b53 and mv88e6xxx drivers are converted to the passthrough API and their implementation of .port_egress_floods is split into two: a function that configures unicast flooding and another for multicast. The mv88e6xxx implementation is quite hairy, and it turns out that the implementations of unknown unicast flooding are actually the same for 6185 and for 6352: behind the confusing names actually lie two individual bits: NO_UNKNOWN_MC -> FLOOD_UC = 0x4 = BIT(2) NO_UNKNOWN_UC -> FLOOD_MC = 0x8 = BIT(3) so there was no reason to entangle them in the first place. Whereas the 6185 writes to MV88E6185_PORT_CTL0_FORWARD_UNKNOWN of PORT_CTL0, which has the exact same bit index. I have left the implementations separate though, for the only reason that the names are different enough to confuse me, since I am not able to double-check with a user manual. The multicast flooding setting for 6185 is in a different register than for 6352 though. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-02-12 23:15:56 +08:00
ret = dsa_port_bridge_flags(dp, attr->u.brport_flags, extack);
break;
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER:
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge(dp, attr->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: act as passthrough for bridge port flags There are multiple ways in which a PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute can be expressed by the bridge through switchdev, and not all of them can be emulated by DSA mid-layer API at the same time. One possible configuration is when the bridge offloads the port flags using a mask that has a single bit set - therefore only one feature should change. However, DSA currently groups together unicast and multicast flooding in the .port_egress_floods method, which limits our options when we try to add support for turning off broadcast flooding: do we extend .port_egress_floods with a third parameter which b53 and mv88e6xxx will ignore? But that means that the DSA layer, which currently implements the PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute all by itself, will see that .port_egress_floods is implemented, and will report that all 3 types of flooding are supported - not necessarily true. Another configuration is when the user specifies more than one flag at the same time, in the same netlink message. If we were to create one individual function per offloadable bridge port flag, we would limit the expressiveness of the switch driver of refusing certain combinations of flag values. For example, a switch may not have an explicit knob for flooding of unknown multicast, just for flooding in general. In that case, the only correct thing to do is to allow changes to BR_FLOOD and BR_MCAST_FLOOD in tandem, and never allow mismatched values. But having a separate .port_set_unicast_flood and .port_set_multicast_flood would not allow the driver to possibly reject that. Also, DSA doesn't consider it necessary to inform the driver that a SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER attribute was offloaded, because it just calls .port_egress_floods for the CPU port. When we'll add support for the plain SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_MROUTER, that will become a real problem because the flood settings will need to be held statefully in the DSA middle layer, otherwise changing the mrouter port attribute will impact the flooding attribute. And that's _assuming_ that the underlying hardware doesn't have anything else to do when a multicast router attaches to a port than flood unknown traffic to it. If it does, there will need to be a dedicated .port_set_mrouter anyway. So we need to let the DSA drivers see the exact form that the bridge passes this switchdev attribute in, otherwise we are standing in the way. Therefore we also need to use this form of language when communicating to the driver that it needs to configure its initial (before bridge join) and final (after bridge leave) port flags. The b53 and mv88e6xxx drivers are converted to the passthrough API and their implementation of .port_egress_floods is split into two: a function that configures unicast flooding and another for multicast. The mv88e6xxx implementation is quite hairy, and it turns out that the implementations of unknown unicast flooding are actually the same for 6185 and for 6352: behind the confusing names actually lie two individual bits: NO_UNKNOWN_MC -> FLOOD_UC = 0x4 = BIT(2) NO_UNKNOWN_UC -> FLOOD_MC = 0x8 = BIT(3) so there was no reason to entangle them in the first place. Whereas the 6185 writes to MV88E6185_PORT_CTL0_FORWARD_UNKNOWN of PORT_CTL0, which has the exact same bit index. I have left the implementations separate though, for the only reason that the names are different enough to confuse me, since I am not able to double-check with a user manual. The multicast flooding setting for 6185 is in a different register than for 6352 though. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-02-12 23:15:56 +08:00
ret = dsa_port_mrouter(dp->cpu_dp, attr->u.mrouter, extack);
break;
default:
ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
break;
}
return ret;
}
/* Must be called under rcu_read_lock() */
static int
dsa_slave_vlan_check_for_8021q_uppers(struct net_device *slave,
const struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan *vlan)
{
struct net_device *upper_dev;
struct list_head *iter;
netdev_for_each_upper_dev_rcu(slave, upper_dev, iter) {
u16 vid;
if (!is_vlan_dev(upper_dev))
continue;
vid = vlan_dev_vlan_id(upper_dev);
net: switchdev: remove vid_begin -> vid_end range from VLAN objects The call path of a switchdev VLAN addition to the bridge looks something like this today: nbp_vlan_init | __br_vlan_set_default_pvid | | | | | br_afspec | | | | | | | v | | | br_process_vlan_info | | | | | | | v | | | br_vlan_info | | | / \ / | | / \ / | | / \ / | | / \ / v v v v v nbp_vlan_add br_vlan_add ------+ | ^ ^ | | | / | | | | / / / | \ br_vlan_get_master/ / v \ ^ / / br_vlan_add_existing \ | / / | \ | / / / \ | / / / \ | / / / \ | / / / v | | v / __vlan_add / / | / / | / v | / __vlan_vid_add | / \ | / v v v br_switchdev_port_vlan_add The ranges UAPI was introduced to the bridge in commit bdced7ef7838 ("bridge: support for multiple vlans and vlan ranges in setlink and dellink requests") (Jan 10 2015). But the VLAN ranges (parsed in br_afspec) have always been passed one by one, through struct bridge_vlan_info tmp_vinfo, to br_vlan_info. So the range never went too far in depth. Then Scott Feldman introduced the switchdev_port_bridge_setlink function in commit 47f8328bb1a4 ("switchdev: add new switchdev bridge setlink"). That marked the introduction of the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN, which made full use of the range. But switchdev_port_bridge_setlink was called like this: br_setlink -> br_afspec -> switchdev_port_bridge_setlink Basically, the switchdev and the bridge code were not tightly integrated. Then commit 41c498b9359e ("bridge: restore br_setlink back to original") came, and switchdev drivers were required to implement .ndo_bridge_setlink = switchdev_port_bridge_setlink for a while. In the meantime, commits such as 0944d6b5a2fa ("bridge: try switchdev op first in __vlan_vid_add/del") finally made switchdev penetrate the br_vlan_info() barrier and start to develop the call path we have today. But remember, br_vlan_info() still receives VLANs one by one. Then Arkadi Sharshevsky refactored the switchdev API in 2017 in commit 29ab586c3d83 ("net: switchdev: Remove bridge bypass support from switchdev") so that drivers would not implement .ndo_bridge_setlink any longer. The switchdev_port_bridge_setlink also got deleted. This refactoring removed the parallel bridge_setlink implementation from switchdev, and left the only switchdev VLAN objects to be the ones offloaded from __vlan_vid_add (basically RX filtering) and __vlan_add (the latter coming from commit 9c86ce2c1ae3 ("net: bridge: Notify about bridge VLANs")). That is to say, today the switchdev VLAN object ranges are not used in the kernel. Refactoring the above call path is a bit complicated, when the bridge VLAN call path is already a bit complicated. Let's go off and finish the job of commit 29ab586c3d83 by deleting the bogus iteration through the VLAN ranges from the drivers. Some aspects of this feature never made too much sense in the first place. For example, what is a range of VLANs all having the BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID flag supposed to mean, when a port can obviously have a single pvid? This particular configuration _is_ denied as of commit 6623c60dc28e ("bridge: vlan: enforce no pvid flag in vlan ranges"), but from an API perspective, the driver still has to play pretend, and only offload the vlan->vid_end as pvid. And the addition of a switchdev VLAN object can modify the flags of another, completely unrelated, switchdev VLAN object! (a VLAN that is PVID will invalidate the PVID flag from whatever other VLAN had previously been offloaded with switchdev and had that flag. Yet switchdev never notifies about that change, drivers are supposed to guess). Nonetheless, having a VLAN range in the API makes error handling look scarier than it really is - unwinding on errors and all of that. When in reality, no one really calls this API with more than one VLAN. It is all unnecessary complexity. And despite appearing pretentious (two-phase transactional model and all), the switchdev API is really sloppy because the VLAN addition and removal operations are not paired with one another (you can add a VLAN 100 times and delete it just once). The bridge notifies through switchdev of a VLAN addition not only when the flags of an existing VLAN change, but also when nothing changes. There are switchdev drivers out there who don't like adding a VLAN that has already been added, and those checks don't really belong at driver level. But the fact that the API contains ranges is yet another factor that prevents this from being addressed in the future. Of the existing switchdev pieces of hardware, it appears that only Mellanox Spectrum supports offloading more than one VLAN at a time, through mlxsw_sp_port_vlan_set. I have kept that code internal to the driver, because there is some more bookkeeping that makes use of it, but I deleted it from the switchdev API. But since the switchdev support for ranges has already been de facto deleted by a Mellanox employee and nobody noticed for 4 years, I'm going to assume it's not a biggie. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> # switchdev and mlxsw Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-09 08:01:46 +08:00
if (vid == vlan->vid)
return -EBUSY;
}
return 0;
}
static int dsa_slave_vlan_add(struct net_device *dev,
net: dsa: set configure_vlan_while_not_filtering to true by default As explained in commit 54a0ed0df496 ("net: dsa: provide an option for drivers to always receive bridge VLANs"), DSA has historically been skipping VLAN switchdev operations when the bridge wasn't in vlan_filtering mode, but the reason why it was doing that has never been clear. So the configure_vlan_while_not_filtering option is there merely to preserve functionality for existing drivers. It isn't some behavior that drivers should opt into. Ideally, when all drivers leave this flag set, we can delete the dsa_port_skip_vlan_configuration() function. New drivers always seem to omit setting this flag, for some reason. So let's reverse the logic: the DSA core sets it by default to true before the .setup() callback, and legacy drivers can turn it off. This way, new drivers get the new behavior by default, unless they explicitly set the flag to false, which is more obvious during review. Remove the assignment from drivers which were setting it to true, and add the assignment to false for the drivers that didn't previously have it. This way, it should be easier to see how many we have left. The following drivers: lan9303, mv88e6060 were skipped from setting this flag to false, because they didn't have any VLAN offload ops in the first place. The Broadcom Starfighter 2 driver calls the common b53_switch_alloc and therefore also inherits the configure_vlan_while_not_filtering=true behavior. Also, print a message through netlink extack every time a VLAN has been skipped. This is mildly annoying on purpose, so that (a) it is at least clear that VLANs are being skipped - the legacy behavior in itself is confusing, and the extack should be much more difficult to miss, unlike kernel logs - and (b) people have one more incentive to convert to the new behavior. No behavior change except for the added prints is intended at this time. $ ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0 $ ip link set sw0p2 master br0 [ 60.315148] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered blocking state [ 60.320350] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered disabled state [ 60.327839] device sw0p2 entered promiscuous mode [ 60.334905] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered blocking state [ 60.340142] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered forwarding state Warning: dsa_core: skipping configuration of VLAN. # This was the pvid $ bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100 Warning: dsa_core: skipping configuration of VLAN. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210115231919.43834-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-16 07:19:19 +08:00
const struct switchdev_obj *obj,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan vlan;
net: switchdev: remove vid_begin -> vid_end range from VLAN objects The call path of a switchdev VLAN addition to the bridge looks something like this today: nbp_vlan_init | __br_vlan_set_default_pvid | | | | | br_afspec | | | | | | | v | | | br_process_vlan_info | | | | | | | v | | | br_vlan_info | | | / \ / | | / \ / | | / \ / | | / \ / v v v v v nbp_vlan_add br_vlan_add ------+ | ^ ^ | | | / | | | | / / / | \ br_vlan_get_master/ / v \ ^ / / br_vlan_add_existing \ | / / | \ | / / / \ | / / / \ | / / / \ | / / / v | | v / __vlan_add / / | / / | / v | / __vlan_vid_add | / \ | / v v v br_switchdev_port_vlan_add The ranges UAPI was introduced to the bridge in commit bdced7ef7838 ("bridge: support for multiple vlans and vlan ranges in setlink and dellink requests") (Jan 10 2015). But the VLAN ranges (parsed in br_afspec) have always been passed one by one, through struct bridge_vlan_info tmp_vinfo, to br_vlan_info. So the range never went too far in depth. Then Scott Feldman introduced the switchdev_port_bridge_setlink function in commit 47f8328bb1a4 ("switchdev: add new switchdev bridge setlink"). That marked the introduction of the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN, which made full use of the range. But switchdev_port_bridge_setlink was called like this: br_setlink -> br_afspec -> switchdev_port_bridge_setlink Basically, the switchdev and the bridge code were not tightly integrated. Then commit 41c498b9359e ("bridge: restore br_setlink back to original") came, and switchdev drivers were required to implement .ndo_bridge_setlink = switchdev_port_bridge_setlink for a while. In the meantime, commits such as 0944d6b5a2fa ("bridge: try switchdev op first in __vlan_vid_add/del") finally made switchdev penetrate the br_vlan_info() barrier and start to develop the call path we have today. But remember, br_vlan_info() still receives VLANs one by one. Then Arkadi Sharshevsky refactored the switchdev API in 2017 in commit 29ab586c3d83 ("net: switchdev: Remove bridge bypass support from switchdev") so that drivers would not implement .ndo_bridge_setlink any longer. The switchdev_port_bridge_setlink also got deleted. This refactoring removed the parallel bridge_setlink implementation from switchdev, and left the only switchdev VLAN objects to be the ones offloaded from __vlan_vid_add (basically RX filtering) and __vlan_add (the latter coming from commit 9c86ce2c1ae3 ("net: bridge: Notify about bridge VLANs")). That is to say, today the switchdev VLAN object ranges are not used in the kernel. Refactoring the above call path is a bit complicated, when the bridge VLAN call path is already a bit complicated. Let's go off and finish the job of commit 29ab586c3d83 by deleting the bogus iteration through the VLAN ranges from the drivers. Some aspects of this feature never made too much sense in the first place. For example, what is a range of VLANs all having the BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID flag supposed to mean, when a port can obviously have a single pvid? This particular configuration _is_ denied as of commit 6623c60dc28e ("bridge: vlan: enforce no pvid flag in vlan ranges"), but from an API perspective, the driver still has to play pretend, and only offload the vlan->vid_end as pvid. And the addition of a switchdev VLAN object can modify the flags of another, completely unrelated, switchdev VLAN object! (a VLAN that is PVID will invalidate the PVID flag from whatever other VLAN had previously been offloaded with switchdev and had that flag. Yet switchdev never notifies about that change, drivers are supposed to guess). Nonetheless, having a VLAN range in the API makes error handling look scarier than it really is - unwinding on errors and all of that. When in reality, no one really calls this API with more than one VLAN. It is all unnecessary complexity. And despite appearing pretentious (two-phase transactional model and all), the switchdev API is really sloppy because the VLAN addition and removal operations are not paired with one another (you can add a VLAN 100 times and delete it just once). The bridge notifies through switchdev of a VLAN addition not only when the flags of an existing VLAN change, but also when nothing changes. There are switchdev drivers out there who don't like adding a VLAN that has already been added, and those checks don't really belong at driver level. But the fact that the API contains ranges is yet another factor that prevents this from being addressed in the future. Of the existing switchdev pieces of hardware, it appears that only Mellanox Spectrum supports offloading more than one VLAN at a time, through mlxsw_sp_port_vlan_set. I have kept that code internal to the driver, because there is some more bookkeeping that makes use of it, but I deleted it from the switchdev API. But since the switchdev support for ranges has already been de facto deleted by a Mellanox employee and nobody noticed for 4 years, I'm going to assume it's not a biggie. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> # switchdev and mlxsw Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-09 08:01:46 +08:00
int err;
net: dsa: set configure_vlan_while_not_filtering to true by default As explained in commit 54a0ed0df496 ("net: dsa: provide an option for drivers to always receive bridge VLANs"), DSA has historically been skipping VLAN switchdev operations when the bridge wasn't in vlan_filtering mode, but the reason why it was doing that has never been clear. So the configure_vlan_while_not_filtering option is there merely to preserve functionality for existing drivers. It isn't some behavior that drivers should opt into. Ideally, when all drivers leave this flag set, we can delete the dsa_port_skip_vlan_configuration() function. New drivers always seem to omit setting this flag, for some reason. So let's reverse the logic: the DSA core sets it by default to true before the .setup() callback, and legacy drivers can turn it off. This way, new drivers get the new behavior by default, unless they explicitly set the flag to false, which is more obvious during review. Remove the assignment from drivers which were setting it to true, and add the assignment to false for the drivers that didn't previously have it. This way, it should be easier to see how many we have left. The following drivers: lan9303, mv88e6060 were skipped from setting this flag to false, because they didn't have any VLAN offload ops in the first place. The Broadcom Starfighter 2 driver calls the common b53_switch_alloc and therefore also inherits the configure_vlan_while_not_filtering=true behavior. Also, print a message through netlink extack every time a VLAN has been skipped. This is mildly annoying on purpose, so that (a) it is at least clear that VLANs are being skipped - the legacy behavior in itself is confusing, and the extack should be much more difficult to miss, unlike kernel logs - and (b) people have one more incentive to convert to the new behavior. No behavior change except for the added prints is intended at this time. $ ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0 $ ip link set sw0p2 master br0 [ 60.315148] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered blocking state [ 60.320350] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered disabled state [ 60.327839] device sw0p2 entered promiscuous mode [ 60.334905] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered blocking state [ 60.340142] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered forwarding state Warning: dsa_core: skipping configuration of VLAN. # This was the pvid $ bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100 Warning: dsa_core: skipping configuration of VLAN. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210115231919.43834-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-16 07:19:19 +08:00
if (dsa_port_skip_vlan_configuration(dp)) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "skipping configuration of VLAN");
return 0;
net: dsa: set configure_vlan_while_not_filtering to true by default As explained in commit 54a0ed0df496 ("net: dsa: provide an option for drivers to always receive bridge VLANs"), DSA has historically been skipping VLAN switchdev operations when the bridge wasn't in vlan_filtering mode, but the reason why it was doing that has never been clear. So the configure_vlan_while_not_filtering option is there merely to preserve functionality for existing drivers. It isn't some behavior that drivers should opt into. Ideally, when all drivers leave this flag set, we can delete the dsa_port_skip_vlan_configuration() function. New drivers always seem to omit setting this flag, for some reason. So let's reverse the logic: the DSA core sets it by default to true before the .setup() callback, and legacy drivers can turn it off. This way, new drivers get the new behavior by default, unless they explicitly set the flag to false, which is more obvious during review. Remove the assignment from drivers which were setting it to true, and add the assignment to false for the drivers that didn't previously have it. This way, it should be easier to see how many we have left. The following drivers: lan9303, mv88e6060 were skipped from setting this flag to false, because they didn't have any VLAN offload ops in the first place. The Broadcom Starfighter 2 driver calls the common b53_switch_alloc and therefore also inherits the configure_vlan_while_not_filtering=true behavior. Also, print a message through netlink extack every time a VLAN has been skipped. This is mildly annoying on purpose, so that (a) it is at least clear that VLANs are being skipped - the legacy behavior in itself is confusing, and the extack should be much more difficult to miss, unlike kernel logs - and (b) people have one more incentive to convert to the new behavior. No behavior change except for the added prints is intended at this time. $ ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0 $ ip link set sw0p2 master br0 [ 60.315148] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered blocking state [ 60.320350] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered disabled state [ 60.327839] device sw0p2 entered promiscuous mode [ 60.334905] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered blocking state [ 60.340142] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered forwarding state Warning: dsa_core: skipping configuration of VLAN. # This was the pvid $ bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100 Warning: dsa_core: skipping configuration of VLAN. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210115231919.43834-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-16 07:19:19 +08:00
}
vlan = *SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN(obj);
/* Deny adding a bridge VLAN when there is already an 802.1Q upper with
* the same VID.
*/
net: switchdev: remove the transaction structure from port object notifiers Since the introduction of the switchdev API, port objects were transmitted to drivers for offloading using a two-step transactional model, with a prepare phase that was supposed to catch all errors, and a commit phase that was supposed to never fail. Some classes of failures can never be avoided, like hardware access, or memory allocation. In the latter case, merely attempting to move the memory allocation to the preparation phase makes it impossible to avoid memory leaks, since commit 91cf8eceffc1 ("switchdev: Remove unused transaction item queue") which has removed the unused mechanism of passing on the allocated memory between one phase and another. It is time we admit that separating the preparation from the commit phase is something that is best left for the driver to decide, and not something that should be baked into the API, especially since there are no switchdev callers that depend on this. This patch removes the struct switchdev_trans member from switchdev port object notifier structures, and converts drivers to not look at this member. Where driver conversion is trivial (like in the case of the Marvell Prestera driver, NXP DPAA2 switch, TI CPSW, and Rocker drivers), it is done in this patch. Where driver conversion needs more attention (DSA, Mellanox Spectrum), the conversion is left for subsequent patches and here we only fake the prepare/commit phases at a lower level, just not in the switchdev notifier itself. Where the code has a natural structure that is best left alone as a preparation and a commit phase (as in the case of the Ocelot switch), that structure is left in place, just made to not depend upon the switchdev transactional model. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-09 08:01:48 +08:00
if (br_vlan_enabled(dp->bridge_dev)) {
rcu_read_lock();
err = dsa_slave_vlan_check_for_8021q_uppers(dev, &vlan);
rcu_read_unlock();
if (err) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
"Port already has a VLAN upper with this VID");
return err;
}
}
err = dsa_port_vlan_add(dp, &vlan, extack);
if (err)
return err;
/* We need the dedicated CPU port to be a member of the VLAN as well.
* Even though drivers often handle CPU membership in special ways,
* it doesn't make sense to program a PVID, so clear this flag.
*/
vlan.flags &= ~BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID;
err = dsa_port_vlan_add(dp->cpu_dp, &vlan, extack);
if (err)
return err;
net: switchdev: remove vid_begin -> vid_end range from VLAN objects The call path of a switchdev VLAN addition to the bridge looks something like this today: nbp_vlan_init | __br_vlan_set_default_pvid | | | | | br_afspec | | | | | | | v | | | br_process_vlan_info | | | | | | | v | | | br_vlan_info | | | / \ / | | / \ / | | / \ / | | / \ / v v v v v nbp_vlan_add br_vlan_add ------+ | ^ ^ | | | / | | | | / / / | \ br_vlan_get_master/ / v \ ^ / / br_vlan_add_existing \ | / / | \ | / / / \ | / / / \ | / / / \ | / / / v | | v / __vlan_add / / | / / | / v | / __vlan_vid_add | / \ | / v v v br_switchdev_port_vlan_add The ranges UAPI was introduced to the bridge in commit bdced7ef7838 ("bridge: support for multiple vlans and vlan ranges in setlink and dellink requests") (Jan 10 2015). But the VLAN ranges (parsed in br_afspec) have always been passed one by one, through struct bridge_vlan_info tmp_vinfo, to br_vlan_info. So the range never went too far in depth. Then Scott Feldman introduced the switchdev_port_bridge_setlink function in commit 47f8328bb1a4 ("switchdev: add new switchdev bridge setlink"). That marked the introduction of the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN, which made full use of the range. But switchdev_port_bridge_setlink was called like this: br_setlink -> br_afspec -> switchdev_port_bridge_setlink Basically, the switchdev and the bridge code were not tightly integrated. Then commit 41c498b9359e ("bridge: restore br_setlink back to original") came, and switchdev drivers were required to implement .ndo_bridge_setlink = switchdev_port_bridge_setlink for a while. In the meantime, commits such as 0944d6b5a2fa ("bridge: try switchdev op first in __vlan_vid_add/del") finally made switchdev penetrate the br_vlan_info() barrier and start to develop the call path we have today. But remember, br_vlan_info() still receives VLANs one by one. Then Arkadi Sharshevsky refactored the switchdev API in 2017 in commit 29ab586c3d83 ("net: switchdev: Remove bridge bypass support from switchdev") so that drivers would not implement .ndo_bridge_setlink any longer. The switchdev_port_bridge_setlink also got deleted. This refactoring removed the parallel bridge_setlink implementation from switchdev, and left the only switchdev VLAN objects to be the ones offloaded from __vlan_vid_add (basically RX filtering) and __vlan_add (the latter coming from commit 9c86ce2c1ae3 ("net: bridge: Notify about bridge VLANs")). That is to say, today the switchdev VLAN object ranges are not used in the kernel. Refactoring the above call path is a bit complicated, when the bridge VLAN call path is already a bit complicated. Let's go off and finish the job of commit 29ab586c3d83 by deleting the bogus iteration through the VLAN ranges from the drivers. Some aspects of this feature never made too much sense in the first place. For example, what is a range of VLANs all having the BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID flag supposed to mean, when a port can obviously have a single pvid? This particular configuration _is_ denied as of commit 6623c60dc28e ("bridge: vlan: enforce no pvid flag in vlan ranges"), but from an API perspective, the driver still has to play pretend, and only offload the vlan->vid_end as pvid. And the addition of a switchdev VLAN object can modify the flags of another, completely unrelated, switchdev VLAN object! (a VLAN that is PVID will invalidate the PVID flag from whatever other VLAN had previously been offloaded with switchdev and had that flag. Yet switchdev never notifies about that change, drivers are supposed to guess). Nonetheless, having a VLAN range in the API makes error handling look scarier than it really is - unwinding on errors and all of that. When in reality, no one really calls this API with more than one VLAN. It is all unnecessary complexity. And despite appearing pretentious (two-phase transactional model and all), the switchdev API is really sloppy because the VLAN addition and removal operations are not paired with one another (you can add a VLAN 100 times and delete it just once). The bridge notifies through switchdev of a VLAN addition not only when the flags of an existing VLAN change, but also when nothing changes. There are switchdev drivers out there who don't like adding a VLAN that has already been added, and those checks don't really belong at driver level. But the fact that the API contains ranges is yet another factor that prevents this from being addressed in the future. Of the existing switchdev pieces of hardware, it appears that only Mellanox Spectrum supports offloading more than one VLAN at a time, through mlxsw_sp_port_vlan_set. I have kept that code internal to the driver, because there is some more bookkeeping that makes use of it, but I deleted it from the switchdev API. But since the switchdev support for ranges has already been de facto deleted by a Mellanox employee and nobody noticed for 4 years, I'm going to assume it's not a biggie. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> # switchdev and mlxsw Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-09 08:01:46 +08:00
return vlan_vid_add(master, htons(ETH_P_8021Q), vlan.vid);
}
static int dsa_slave_port_obj_add(struct net_device *dev,
const struct switchdev_obj *obj,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
int err;
switch (obj->id) {
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB:
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, obj->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
net: switchdev: remove the transaction structure from port object notifiers Since the introduction of the switchdev API, port objects were transmitted to drivers for offloading using a two-step transactional model, with a prepare phase that was supposed to catch all errors, and a commit phase that was supposed to never fail. Some classes of failures can never be avoided, like hardware access, or memory allocation. In the latter case, merely attempting to move the memory allocation to the preparation phase makes it impossible to avoid memory leaks, since commit 91cf8eceffc1 ("switchdev: Remove unused transaction item queue") which has removed the unused mechanism of passing on the allocated memory between one phase and another. It is time we admit that separating the preparation from the commit phase is something that is best left for the driver to decide, and not something that should be baked into the API, especially since there are no switchdev callers that depend on this. This patch removes the struct switchdev_trans member from switchdev port object notifier structures, and converts drivers to not look at this member. Where driver conversion is trivial (like in the case of the Marvell Prestera driver, NXP DPAA2 switch, TI CPSW, and Rocker drivers), it is done in this patch. Where driver conversion needs more attention (DSA, Mellanox Spectrum), the conversion is left for subsequent patches and here we only fake the prepare/commit phases at a lower level, just not in the switchdev notifier itself. Where the code has a natural structure that is best left alone as a preparation and a commit phase (as in the case of the Ocelot switch), that structure is left in place, just made to not depend upon the switchdev transactional model. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-09 08:01:48 +08:00
err = dsa_port_mdb_add(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_MDB(obj));
break;
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB:
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge(dp, obj->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
/* DSA can directly translate this to a normal MDB add,
* but on the CPU port.
*/
net: switchdev: remove the transaction structure from port object notifiers Since the introduction of the switchdev API, port objects were transmitted to drivers for offloading using a two-step transactional model, with a prepare phase that was supposed to catch all errors, and a commit phase that was supposed to never fail. Some classes of failures can never be avoided, like hardware access, or memory allocation. In the latter case, merely attempting to move the memory allocation to the preparation phase makes it impossible to avoid memory leaks, since commit 91cf8eceffc1 ("switchdev: Remove unused transaction item queue") which has removed the unused mechanism of passing on the allocated memory between one phase and another. It is time we admit that separating the preparation from the commit phase is something that is best left for the driver to decide, and not something that should be baked into the API, especially since there are no switchdev callers that depend on this. This patch removes the struct switchdev_trans member from switchdev port object notifier structures, and converts drivers to not look at this member. Where driver conversion is trivial (like in the case of the Marvell Prestera driver, NXP DPAA2 switch, TI CPSW, and Rocker drivers), it is done in this patch. Where driver conversion needs more attention (DSA, Mellanox Spectrum), the conversion is left for subsequent patches and here we only fake the prepare/commit phases at a lower level, just not in the switchdev notifier itself. Where the code has a natural structure that is best left alone as a preparation and a commit phase (as in the case of the Ocelot switch), that structure is left in place, just made to not depend upon the switchdev transactional model. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-09 08:01:48 +08:00
err = dsa_port_mdb_add(dp->cpu_dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_MDB(obj));
break;
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN:
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, obj->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: set configure_vlan_while_not_filtering to true by default As explained in commit 54a0ed0df496 ("net: dsa: provide an option for drivers to always receive bridge VLANs"), DSA has historically been skipping VLAN switchdev operations when the bridge wasn't in vlan_filtering mode, but the reason why it was doing that has never been clear. So the configure_vlan_while_not_filtering option is there merely to preserve functionality for existing drivers. It isn't some behavior that drivers should opt into. Ideally, when all drivers leave this flag set, we can delete the dsa_port_skip_vlan_configuration() function. New drivers always seem to omit setting this flag, for some reason. So let's reverse the logic: the DSA core sets it by default to true before the .setup() callback, and legacy drivers can turn it off. This way, new drivers get the new behavior by default, unless they explicitly set the flag to false, which is more obvious during review. Remove the assignment from drivers which were setting it to true, and add the assignment to false for the drivers that didn't previously have it. This way, it should be easier to see how many we have left. The following drivers: lan9303, mv88e6060 were skipped from setting this flag to false, because they didn't have any VLAN offload ops in the first place. The Broadcom Starfighter 2 driver calls the common b53_switch_alloc and therefore also inherits the configure_vlan_while_not_filtering=true behavior. Also, print a message through netlink extack every time a VLAN has been skipped. This is mildly annoying on purpose, so that (a) it is at least clear that VLANs are being skipped - the legacy behavior in itself is confusing, and the extack should be much more difficult to miss, unlike kernel logs - and (b) people have one more incentive to convert to the new behavior. No behavior change except for the added prints is intended at this time. $ ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0 $ ip link set sw0p2 master br0 [ 60.315148] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered blocking state [ 60.320350] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered disabled state [ 60.327839] device sw0p2 entered promiscuous mode [ 60.334905] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered blocking state [ 60.340142] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered forwarding state Warning: dsa_core: skipping configuration of VLAN. # This was the pvid $ bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100 Warning: dsa_core: skipping configuration of VLAN. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210115231919.43834-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-16 07:19:19 +08:00
err = dsa_slave_vlan_add(dev, obj, extack);
break;
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_MRP:
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge(dp, obj->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
err = dsa_port_mrp_add(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_MRP(obj));
break;
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_RING_ROLE_MRP:
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge(dp, obj->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
err = dsa_port_mrp_add_ring_role(dp,
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_RING_ROLE_MRP(obj));
break;
default:
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
break;
}
return err;
}
static int dsa_slave_vlan_del(struct net_device *dev,
const struct switchdev_obj *obj)
{
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan *vlan;
net: switchdev: remove vid_begin -> vid_end range from VLAN objects The call path of a switchdev VLAN addition to the bridge looks something like this today: nbp_vlan_init | __br_vlan_set_default_pvid | | | | | br_afspec | | | | | | | v | | | br_process_vlan_info | | | | | | | v | | | br_vlan_info | | | / \ / | | / \ / | | / \ / | | / \ / v v v v v nbp_vlan_add br_vlan_add ------+ | ^ ^ | | | / | | | | / / / | \ br_vlan_get_master/ / v \ ^ / / br_vlan_add_existing \ | / / | \ | / / / \ | / / / \ | / / / \ | / / / v | | v / __vlan_add / / | / / | / v | / __vlan_vid_add | / \ | / v v v br_switchdev_port_vlan_add The ranges UAPI was introduced to the bridge in commit bdced7ef7838 ("bridge: support for multiple vlans and vlan ranges in setlink and dellink requests") (Jan 10 2015). But the VLAN ranges (parsed in br_afspec) have always been passed one by one, through struct bridge_vlan_info tmp_vinfo, to br_vlan_info. So the range never went too far in depth. Then Scott Feldman introduced the switchdev_port_bridge_setlink function in commit 47f8328bb1a4 ("switchdev: add new switchdev bridge setlink"). That marked the introduction of the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN, which made full use of the range. But switchdev_port_bridge_setlink was called like this: br_setlink -> br_afspec -> switchdev_port_bridge_setlink Basically, the switchdev and the bridge code were not tightly integrated. Then commit 41c498b9359e ("bridge: restore br_setlink back to original") came, and switchdev drivers were required to implement .ndo_bridge_setlink = switchdev_port_bridge_setlink for a while. In the meantime, commits such as 0944d6b5a2fa ("bridge: try switchdev op first in __vlan_vid_add/del") finally made switchdev penetrate the br_vlan_info() barrier and start to develop the call path we have today. But remember, br_vlan_info() still receives VLANs one by one. Then Arkadi Sharshevsky refactored the switchdev API in 2017 in commit 29ab586c3d83 ("net: switchdev: Remove bridge bypass support from switchdev") so that drivers would not implement .ndo_bridge_setlink any longer. The switchdev_port_bridge_setlink also got deleted. This refactoring removed the parallel bridge_setlink implementation from switchdev, and left the only switchdev VLAN objects to be the ones offloaded from __vlan_vid_add (basically RX filtering) and __vlan_add (the latter coming from commit 9c86ce2c1ae3 ("net: bridge: Notify about bridge VLANs")). That is to say, today the switchdev VLAN object ranges are not used in the kernel. Refactoring the above call path is a bit complicated, when the bridge VLAN call path is already a bit complicated. Let's go off and finish the job of commit 29ab586c3d83 by deleting the bogus iteration through the VLAN ranges from the drivers. Some aspects of this feature never made too much sense in the first place. For example, what is a range of VLANs all having the BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID flag supposed to mean, when a port can obviously have a single pvid? This particular configuration _is_ denied as of commit 6623c60dc28e ("bridge: vlan: enforce no pvid flag in vlan ranges"), but from an API perspective, the driver still has to play pretend, and only offload the vlan->vid_end as pvid. And the addition of a switchdev VLAN object can modify the flags of another, completely unrelated, switchdev VLAN object! (a VLAN that is PVID will invalidate the PVID flag from whatever other VLAN had previously been offloaded with switchdev and had that flag. Yet switchdev never notifies about that change, drivers are supposed to guess). Nonetheless, having a VLAN range in the API makes error handling look scarier than it really is - unwinding on errors and all of that. When in reality, no one really calls this API with more than one VLAN. It is all unnecessary complexity. And despite appearing pretentious (two-phase transactional model and all), the switchdev API is really sloppy because the VLAN addition and removal operations are not paired with one another (you can add a VLAN 100 times and delete it just once). The bridge notifies through switchdev of a VLAN addition not only when the flags of an existing VLAN change, but also when nothing changes. There are switchdev drivers out there who don't like adding a VLAN that has already been added, and those checks don't really belong at driver level. But the fact that the API contains ranges is yet another factor that prevents this from being addressed in the future. Of the existing switchdev pieces of hardware, it appears that only Mellanox Spectrum supports offloading more than one VLAN at a time, through mlxsw_sp_port_vlan_set. I have kept that code internal to the driver, because there is some more bookkeeping that makes use of it, but I deleted it from the switchdev API. But since the switchdev support for ranges has already been de facto deleted by a Mellanox employee and nobody noticed for 4 years, I'm going to assume it's not a biggie. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> # switchdev and mlxsw Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-09 08:01:46 +08:00
int err;
if (dsa_port_skip_vlan_configuration(dp))
return 0;
vlan = SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN(obj);
/* Do not deprogram the CPU port as it may be shared with other user
* ports which can be members of this VLAN as well.
*/
err = dsa_port_vlan_del(dp, vlan);
if (err)
return err;
net: switchdev: remove vid_begin -> vid_end range from VLAN objects The call path of a switchdev VLAN addition to the bridge looks something like this today: nbp_vlan_init | __br_vlan_set_default_pvid | | | | | br_afspec | | | | | | | v | | | br_process_vlan_info | | | | | | | v | | | br_vlan_info | | | / \ / | | / \ / | | / \ / | | / \ / v v v v v nbp_vlan_add br_vlan_add ------+ | ^ ^ | | | / | | | | / / / | \ br_vlan_get_master/ / v \ ^ / / br_vlan_add_existing \ | / / | \ | / / / \ | / / / \ | / / / \ | / / / v | | v / __vlan_add / / | / / | / v | / __vlan_vid_add | / \ | / v v v br_switchdev_port_vlan_add The ranges UAPI was introduced to the bridge in commit bdced7ef7838 ("bridge: support for multiple vlans and vlan ranges in setlink and dellink requests") (Jan 10 2015). But the VLAN ranges (parsed in br_afspec) have always been passed one by one, through struct bridge_vlan_info tmp_vinfo, to br_vlan_info. So the range never went too far in depth. Then Scott Feldman introduced the switchdev_port_bridge_setlink function in commit 47f8328bb1a4 ("switchdev: add new switchdev bridge setlink"). That marked the introduction of the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN, which made full use of the range. But switchdev_port_bridge_setlink was called like this: br_setlink -> br_afspec -> switchdev_port_bridge_setlink Basically, the switchdev and the bridge code were not tightly integrated. Then commit 41c498b9359e ("bridge: restore br_setlink back to original") came, and switchdev drivers were required to implement .ndo_bridge_setlink = switchdev_port_bridge_setlink for a while. In the meantime, commits such as 0944d6b5a2fa ("bridge: try switchdev op first in __vlan_vid_add/del") finally made switchdev penetrate the br_vlan_info() barrier and start to develop the call path we have today. But remember, br_vlan_info() still receives VLANs one by one. Then Arkadi Sharshevsky refactored the switchdev API in 2017 in commit 29ab586c3d83 ("net: switchdev: Remove bridge bypass support from switchdev") so that drivers would not implement .ndo_bridge_setlink any longer. The switchdev_port_bridge_setlink also got deleted. This refactoring removed the parallel bridge_setlink implementation from switchdev, and left the only switchdev VLAN objects to be the ones offloaded from __vlan_vid_add (basically RX filtering) and __vlan_add (the latter coming from commit 9c86ce2c1ae3 ("net: bridge: Notify about bridge VLANs")). That is to say, today the switchdev VLAN object ranges are not used in the kernel. Refactoring the above call path is a bit complicated, when the bridge VLAN call path is already a bit complicated. Let's go off and finish the job of commit 29ab586c3d83 by deleting the bogus iteration through the VLAN ranges from the drivers. Some aspects of this feature never made too much sense in the first place. For example, what is a range of VLANs all having the BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID flag supposed to mean, when a port can obviously have a single pvid? This particular configuration _is_ denied as of commit 6623c60dc28e ("bridge: vlan: enforce no pvid flag in vlan ranges"), but from an API perspective, the driver still has to play pretend, and only offload the vlan->vid_end as pvid. And the addition of a switchdev VLAN object can modify the flags of another, completely unrelated, switchdev VLAN object! (a VLAN that is PVID will invalidate the PVID flag from whatever other VLAN had previously been offloaded with switchdev and had that flag. Yet switchdev never notifies about that change, drivers are supposed to guess). Nonetheless, having a VLAN range in the API makes error handling look scarier than it really is - unwinding on errors and all of that. When in reality, no one really calls this API with more than one VLAN. It is all unnecessary complexity. And despite appearing pretentious (two-phase transactional model and all), the switchdev API is really sloppy because the VLAN addition and removal operations are not paired with one another (you can add a VLAN 100 times and delete it just once). The bridge notifies through switchdev of a VLAN addition not only when the flags of an existing VLAN change, but also when nothing changes. There are switchdev drivers out there who don't like adding a VLAN that has already been added, and those checks don't really belong at driver level. But the fact that the API contains ranges is yet another factor that prevents this from being addressed in the future. Of the existing switchdev pieces of hardware, it appears that only Mellanox Spectrum supports offloading more than one VLAN at a time, through mlxsw_sp_port_vlan_set. I have kept that code internal to the driver, because there is some more bookkeeping that makes use of it, but I deleted it from the switchdev API. But since the switchdev support for ranges has already been de facto deleted by a Mellanox employee and nobody noticed for 4 years, I'm going to assume it's not a biggie. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> # switchdev and mlxsw Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-09 08:01:46 +08:00
vlan_vid_del(master, htons(ETH_P_8021Q), vlan->vid);
return 0;
}
static int dsa_slave_port_obj_del(struct net_device *dev,
const struct switchdev_obj *obj)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
int err;
switch (obj->id) {
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB:
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, obj->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
err = dsa_port_mdb_del(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_MDB(obj));
break;
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB:
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge(dp, obj->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
/* DSA can directly translate this to a normal MDB add,
* but on the CPU port.
*/
err = dsa_port_mdb_del(dp->cpu_dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_MDB(obj));
break;
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN:
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, obj->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
err = dsa_slave_vlan_del(dev, obj);
break;
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_MRP:
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge(dp, obj->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
err = dsa_port_mrp_del(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_MRP(obj));
break;
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_RING_ROLE_MRP:
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge(dp, obj->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
err = dsa_port_mrp_del_ring_role(dp,
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_RING_ROLE_MRP(obj));
break;
default:
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
break;
}
return err;
}
static int dsa_slave_get_port_parent_id(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_phys_item_id *ppid)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
struct dsa_switch_tree *dst = ds->dst;
/* For non-legacy ports, devlink is used and it takes
* care of the name generation. This ndo implementation
* should be removed with legacy support.
*/
if (dp->ds->devlink)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
ppid->id_len = sizeof(dst->index);
memcpy(&ppid->id, &dst->index, ppid->id_len);
return 0;
}
static inline netdev_tx_t dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb(struct net_device *dev,
struct sk_buff *skb)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
return netpoll_send_skb(p->netpoll, skb);
#else
BUG();
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
#endif
}
static void dsa_skb_tx_timestamp(struct dsa_slave_priv *p,
struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
if (!(skb_shinfo(skb)->tx_flags & SKBTX_HW_TSTAMP))
return;
if (!ds->ops->port_txtstamp)
return;
ds->ops->port_txtstamp(ds, p->dp->index, skb);
}
net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit Some hardware needs to take work to get convinced to receive frames on the CPU port (such as the sja1105 which takes temporary L2 forwarding rules over SPI that last for a single frame). Such work needs a sleepable context, and because the regular .ndo_start_xmit is atomic, this cannot be done in the tagger. So introduce a generic DSA mechanism that sets up a transmit skb queue and a workqueue for deferred transmission. The new driver callback (.port_deferred_xmit) is in dsa_switch and not in the tagger because the operations that require sleeping typically also involve interacting with the hardware, and not simply skb manipulations. Therefore having it there simplifies the structure a bit and makes it unnecessary to export functions from the driver to the tagger. The driver is responsible of calling dsa_enqueue_skb which transfers it to the master netdevice. This is so that it has a chance of performing some more work afterwards, such as cleanup or TX timestamping. To tell DSA that skb xmit deferral is required, I have thought about changing the return type of the tagger .xmit from struct sk_buff * into a enum dsa_tx_t that could potentially encode a DSA_XMIT_DEFER value. But the trailer tagger is reallocating every skb on xmit and therefore making a valid use of the pointer return value. So instead of reworking the API in complicated ways, right now a boolean property in the newly introduced DSA_SKB_CB is set. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-05 18:19:25 +08:00
netdev_tx_t dsa_enqueue_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev)
{
/* SKB for netpoll still need to be mangled with the protocol-specific
* tag to be successfully transmitted
*/
if (unlikely(netpoll_tx_running(dev)))
return dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb(dev, skb);
/* Queue the SKB for transmission on the parent interface, but
* do not modify its EtherType
*/
skb->dev = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
dev_queue_xmit(skb);
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(dsa_enqueue_skb);
static int dsa_realloc_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev)
{
int needed_headroom = dev->needed_headroom;
int needed_tailroom = dev->needed_tailroom;
/* For tail taggers, we need to pad short frames ourselves, to ensure
* that the tail tag does not fail at its role of being at the end of
* the packet, once the master interface pads the frame. Account for
* that pad length here, and pad later.
*/
if (unlikely(needed_tailroom && skb->len < ETH_ZLEN))
needed_tailroom += ETH_ZLEN - skb->len;
/* skb_headroom() returns unsigned int... */
needed_headroom = max_t(int, needed_headroom - skb_headroom(skb), 0);
needed_tailroom = max_t(int, needed_tailroom - skb_tailroom(skb), 0);
if (likely(!needed_headroom && !needed_tailroom && !skb_cloned(skb)))
/* No reallocation needed, yay! */
return 0;
return pskb_expand_head(skb, needed_headroom, needed_tailroom,
GFP_ATOMIC);
}
static netdev_tx_t dsa_slave_xmit(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct sk_buff *nskb;
dev_sw_netstats_tx_add(dev, 1, skb->len);
DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->clone = NULL;
/* Handle tx timestamp if any */
dsa_skb_tx_timestamp(p, skb);
if (dsa_realloc_skb(skb, dev)) {
dev_kfree_skb_any(skb);
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
}
/* needed_tailroom should still be 'warm' in the cache line from
* dsa_realloc_skb(), which has also ensured that padding is safe.
*/
if (dev->needed_tailroom)
eth_skb_pad(skb);
/* Transmit function may have to reallocate the original SKB,
* in which case it must have freed it. Only free it here on error.
*/
nskb = p->xmit(skb, dev);
if (!nskb) {
net: dsa: Make deferred_xmit private to sja1105 There are 3 things that are wrong with the DSA deferred xmit mechanism: 1. Its introduction has made the DSA hotpath ever so slightly more inefficient for everybody, since DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->deferred_xmit needs to be initialized to false for every transmitted frame, in order to figure out whether the driver requested deferral or not (a very rare occasion, rare even for the only driver that does use this mechanism: sja1105). That was necessary to avoid kfree_skb from freeing the skb. 2. Because L2 PTP is a link-local protocol like STP, it requires management routes and deferred xmit with this switch. But as opposed to STP, the deferred work mechanism needs to schedule the packet rather quickly for the TX timstamp to be collected in time and sent to user space. But there is no provision for controlling the scheduling priority of this deferred xmit workqueue. Too bad this is a rather specific requirement for a feature that nobody else uses (more below). 3. Perhaps most importantly, it makes the DSA core adhere a bit too much to the NXP company-wide policy "Innovate Where It Doesn't Matter". The sja1105 is probably the only DSA switch that requires some frames sent from the CPU to be routed to the slave port via an out-of-band configuration (register write) rather than in-band (DSA tag). And there are indeed very good reasons to not want to do that: if that out-of-band register is at the other end of a slow bus such as SPI, then you limit that Ethernet flow's throughput to effectively the throughput of the SPI bus. So hardware vendors should definitely not be encouraged to design this way. We do _not_ want more widespread use of this mechanism. Luckily we have a solution for each of the 3 issues: For 1, we can just remove that variable in the skb->cb and counteract the effect of kfree_skb with skb_get, much to the same effect. The advantage, of course, being that anybody who doesn't use deferred xmit doesn't need to do any extra operation in the hotpath. For 2, we can create a kernel thread for each port's deferred xmit work. If the user switch ports are named swp0, swp1, swp2, the kernel threads will be named swp0_xmit, swp1_xmit, swp2_xmit (there appears to be a 15 character length limit on kernel thread names). With this, the user can change the scheduling priority with chrt $(pidof swp2_xmit). For 3, we can actually move the entire implementation to the sja1105 driver. So this patch deletes the generic implementation from the DSA core and adds a new one, more adequate to the requirements of PTP TX timestamping, in sja1105_main.c. Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-04 08:37:10 +08:00
kfree_skb(skb);
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
}
net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit Some hardware needs to take work to get convinced to receive frames on the CPU port (such as the sja1105 which takes temporary L2 forwarding rules over SPI that last for a single frame). Such work needs a sleepable context, and because the regular .ndo_start_xmit is atomic, this cannot be done in the tagger. So introduce a generic DSA mechanism that sets up a transmit skb queue and a workqueue for deferred transmission. The new driver callback (.port_deferred_xmit) is in dsa_switch and not in the tagger because the operations that require sleeping typically also involve interacting with the hardware, and not simply skb manipulations. Therefore having it there simplifies the structure a bit and makes it unnecessary to export functions from the driver to the tagger. The driver is responsible of calling dsa_enqueue_skb which transfers it to the master netdevice. This is so that it has a chance of performing some more work afterwards, such as cleanup or TX timestamping. To tell DSA that skb xmit deferral is required, I have thought about changing the return type of the tagger .xmit from struct sk_buff * into a enum dsa_tx_t that could potentially encode a DSA_XMIT_DEFER value. But the trailer tagger is reallocating every skb on xmit and therefore making a valid use of the pointer return value. So instead of reworking the API in complicated ways, right now a boolean property in the newly introduced DSA_SKB_CB is set. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-05 18:19:25 +08:00
return dsa_enqueue_skb(nskb, dev);
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
/* ethtool operations *******************************************************/
static void dsa_slave_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_drvinfo *drvinfo)
{
strlcpy(drvinfo->driver, "dsa", sizeof(drvinfo->driver));
strlcpy(drvinfo->fw_version, "N/A", sizeof(drvinfo->fw_version));
strlcpy(drvinfo->bus_info, "platform", sizeof(drvinfo->bus_info));
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
}
static int dsa_slave_get_regs_len(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
if (ds->ops->get_regs_len)
return ds->ops->get_regs_len(ds, dp->index);
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
static void
dsa_slave_get_regs(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_regs *regs, void *_p)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
if (ds->ops->get_regs)
ds->ops->get_regs(ds, dp->index, regs, _p);
}
static int dsa_slave_nway_reset(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return phylink_ethtool_nway_reset(dp->pl);
}
static int dsa_slave_get_eeprom_len(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
if (ds->cd && ds->cd->eeprom_len)
return ds->cd->eeprom_len;
if (ds->ops->get_eeprom_len)
return ds->ops->get_eeprom_len(ds);
return 0;
}
static int dsa_slave_get_eeprom(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_eeprom *eeprom, u8 *data)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
if (ds->ops->get_eeprom)
return ds->ops->get_eeprom(ds, eeprom, data);
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
static int dsa_slave_set_eeprom(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_eeprom *eeprom, u8 *data)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
if (ds->ops->set_eeprom)
return ds->ops->set_eeprom(ds, eeprom, data);
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
static void dsa_slave_get_strings(struct net_device *dev,
uint32_t stringset, uint8_t *data)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
if (stringset == ETH_SS_STATS) {
int len = ETH_GSTRING_LEN;
strncpy(data, "tx_packets", len);
strncpy(data + len, "tx_bytes", len);
strncpy(data + 2 * len, "rx_packets", len);
strncpy(data + 3 * len, "rx_bytes", len);
if (ds->ops->get_strings)
ds->ops->get_strings(ds, dp->index, stringset,
data + 4 * len);
} else if (stringset == ETH_SS_TEST) {
net_selftest_get_strings(data);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
}
static void dsa_slave_get_ethtool_stats(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_stats *stats,
uint64_t *data)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
struct pcpu_sw_netstats *s;
unsigned int start;
int i;
for_each_possible_cpu(i) {
u64 tx_packets, tx_bytes, rx_packets, rx_bytes;
s = per_cpu_ptr(dev->tstats, i);
do {
start = u64_stats_fetch_begin_irq(&s->syncp);
tx_packets = s->tx_packets;
tx_bytes = s->tx_bytes;
rx_packets = s->rx_packets;
rx_bytes = s->rx_bytes;
} while (u64_stats_fetch_retry_irq(&s->syncp, start));
data[0] += tx_packets;
data[1] += tx_bytes;
data[2] += rx_packets;
data[3] += rx_bytes;
}
if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats)
ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats(ds, dp->index, data + 4);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
}
static int dsa_slave_get_sset_count(struct net_device *dev, int sset)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
if (sset == ETH_SS_STATS) {
int count;
count = 4;
if (ds->ops->get_sset_count)
count += ds->ops->get_sset_count(ds, dp->index, sset);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
return count;
} else if (sset == ETH_SS_TEST) {
return net_selftest_get_count();
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
}
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
static void dsa_slave_net_selftest(struct net_device *ndev,
struct ethtool_test *etest, u64 *buf)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(ndev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
if (ds->ops->self_test) {
ds->ops->self_test(ds, dp->index, etest, buf);
return;
}
net_selftest(ndev, etest, buf);
}
static void dsa_slave_get_wol(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_wolinfo *w)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
phylink_ethtool_get_wol(dp->pl, w);
if (ds->ops->get_wol)
ds->ops->get_wol(ds, dp->index, w);
}
static int dsa_slave_set_wol(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_wolinfo *w)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
int ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
phylink_ethtool_set_wol(dp->pl, w);
if (ds->ops->set_wol)
ret = ds->ops->set_wol(ds, dp->index, w);
return ret;
}
static int dsa_slave_set_eee(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_eee *e)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
int ret;
/* Port's PHY and MAC both need to be EEE capable */
if (!dev->phydev || !dp->pl)
return -ENODEV;
if (!ds->ops->set_mac_eee)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
ret = ds->ops->set_mac_eee(ds, dp->index, e);
if (ret)
return ret;
return phylink_ethtool_set_eee(dp->pl, e);
}
static int dsa_slave_get_eee(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_eee *e)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
int ret;
/* Port's PHY and MAC both need to be EEE capable */
if (!dev->phydev || !dp->pl)
return -ENODEV;
if (!ds->ops->get_mac_eee)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
ret = ds->ops->get_mac_eee(ds, dp->index, e);
if (ret)
return ret;
return phylink_ethtool_get_eee(dp->pl, e);
}
static int dsa_slave_get_link_ksettings(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_link_ksettings *cmd)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return phylink_ethtool_ksettings_get(dp->pl, cmd);
}
static int dsa_slave_set_link_ksettings(struct net_device *dev,
const struct ethtool_link_ksettings *cmd)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return phylink_ethtool_ksettings_set(dp->pl, cmd);
}
static void dsa_slave_get_pauseparam(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_pauseparam *pause)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
phylink_ethtool_get_pauseparam(dp->pl, pause);
}
static int dsa_slave_set_pauseparam(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_pauseparam *pause)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return phylink_ethtool_set_pauseparam(dp->pl, pause);
}
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER
static int dsa_slave_netpoll_setup(struct net_device *dev,
struct netpoll_info *ni)
{
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct netpoll *netpoll;
int err = 0;
netpoll = kzalloc(sizeof(*netpoll), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!netpoll)
return -ENOMEM;
err = __netpoll_setup(netpoll, master);
if (err) {
kfree(netpoll);
goto out;
}
p->netpoll = netpoll;
out:
return err;
}
static void dsa_slave_netpoll_cleanup(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct netpoll *netpoll = p->netpoll;
if (!netpoll)
return;
p->netpoll = NULL;
__netpoll_free(netpoll);
}
static void dsa_slave_poll_controller(struct net_device *dev)
{
}
#endif
static int dsa_slave_get_phys_port_name(struct net_device *dev,
char *name, size_t len)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
/* For non-legacy ports, devlink is used and it takes
* care of the name generation. This ndo implementation
* should be removed with legacy support.
*/
if (dp->ds->devlink)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (snprintf(name, len, "p%d", dp->index) >= len)
return -EINVAL;
return 0;
}
static struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *
dsa_slave_mall_tc_entry_find(struct net_device *dev, unsigned long cookie)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *mall_tc_entry;
list_for_each_entry(mall_tc_entry, &p->mall_tc_list, list)
if (mall_tc_entry->cookie == cookie)
return mall_tc_entry;
return NULL;
}
static int
dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall_mirred(struct net_device *dev,
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls,
bool ingress)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_mall_mirror_tc_entry *mirror;
struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *mall_tc_entry;
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
struct flow_action_entry *act;
struct dsa_port *to_dp;
int err;
if (!ds->ops->port_mirror_add)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (!flow_action_basic_hw_stats_check(&cls->rule->action,
cls->common.extack))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
act = &cls->rule->action.entries[0];
if (!act->dev)
return -EINVAL;
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(act->dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
mall_tc_entry = kzalloc(sizeof(*mall_tc_entry), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!mall_tc_entry)
return -ENOMEM;
mall_tc_entry->cookie = cls->cookie;
mall_tc_entry->type = DSA_PORT_MALL_MIRROR;
mirror = &mall_tc_entry->mirror;
to_dp = dsa_slave_to_port(act->dev);
mirror->to_local_port = to_dp->index;
mirror->ingress = ingress;
err = ds->ops->port_mirror_add(ds, dp->index, mirror, ingress);
if (err) {
kfree(mall_tc_entry);
return err;
}
list_add_tail(&mall_tc_entry->list, &p->mall_tc_list);
return err;
}
static int
dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall_police(struct net_device *dev,
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls,
bool ingress)
{
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack = cls->common.extack;
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_mall_policer_tc_entry *policer;
struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *mall_tc_entry;
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
struct flow_action_entry *act;
int err;
if (!ds->ops->port_policer_add) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
"Policing offload not implemented");
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
if (!ingress) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
"Only supported on ingress qdisc");
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
if (!flow_action_basic_hw_stats_check(&cls->rule->action,
cls->common.extack))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
list_for_each_entry(mall_tc_entry, &p->mall_tc_list, list) {
if (mall_tc_entry->type == DSA_PORT_MALL_POLICER) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
"Only one port policer allowed");
return -EEXIST;
}
}
act = &cls->rule->action.entries[0];
mall_tc_entry = kzalloc(sizeof(*mall_tc_entry), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!mall_tc_entry)
return -ENOMEM;
mall_tc_entry->cookie = cls->cookie;
mall_tc_entry->type = DSA_PORT_MALL_POLICER;
policer = &mall_tc_entry->policer;
policer->rate_bytes_per_sec = act->police.rate_bytes_ps;
policer->burst = act->police.burst;
err = ds->ops->port_policer_add(ds, dp->index, policer);
if (err) {
kfree(mall_tc_entry);
return err;
}
list_add_tail(&mall_tc_entry->list, &p->mall_tc_list);
return err;
}
static int dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall(struct net_device *dev,
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls,
bool ingress)
{
int err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (cls->common.protocol == htons(ETH_P_ALL) &&
flow_offload_has_one_action(&cls->rule->action) &&
cls->rule->action.entries[0].id == FLOW_ACTION_MIRRED)
err = dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall_mirred(dev, cls, ingress);
else if (flow_offload_has_one_action(&cls->rule->action) &&
cls->rule->action.entries[0].id == FLOW_ACTION_POLICE)
err = dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall_police(dev, cls, ingress);
return err;
}
static void dsa_slave_del_cls_matchall(struct net_device *dev,
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *mall_tc_entry;
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
mall_tc_entry = dsa_slave_mall_tc_entry_find(dev, cls->cookie);
if (!mall_tc_entry)
return;
list_del(&mall_tc_entry->list);
switch (mall_tc_entry->type) {
case DSA_PORT_MALL_MIRROR:
if (ds->ops->port_mirror_del)
ds->ops->port_mirror_del(ds, dp->index,
&mall_tc_entry->mirror);
break;
case DSA_PORT_MALL_POLICER:
if (ds->ops->port_policer_del)
ds->ops->port_policer_del(ds, dp->index);
break;
default:
WARN_ON(1);
}
kfree(mall_tc_entry);
}
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_cls_matchall(struct net_device *dev,
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls,
bool ingress)
{
if (cls->common.chain_index)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
switch (cls->command) {
case TC_CLSMATCHALL_REPLACE:
return dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall(dev, cls, ingress);
case TC_CLSMATCHALL_DESTROY:
dsa_slave_del_cls_matchall(dev, cls);
return 0;
default:
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
}
static int dsa_slave_add_cls_flower(struct net_device *dev,
struct flow_cls_offload *cls,
bool ingress)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
int port = dp->index;
if (!ds->ops->cls_flower_add)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
return ds->ops->cls_flower_add(ds, port, cls, ingress);
}
static int dsa_slave_del_cls_flower(struct net_device *dev,
struct flow_cls_offload *cls,
bool ingress)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
int port = dp->index;
if (!ds->ops->cls_flower_del)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
return ds->ops->cls_flower_del(ds, port, cls, ingress);
}
static int dsa_slave_stats_cls_flower(struct net_device *dev,
struct flow_cls_offload *cls,
bool ingress)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
int port = dp->index;
if (!ds->ops->cls_flower_stats)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
return ds->ops->cls_flower_stats(ds, port, cls, ingress);
}
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_cls_flower(struct net_device *dev,
struct flow_cls_offload *cls,
bool ingress)
{
switch (cls->command) {
case FLOW_CLS_REPLACE:
return dsa_slave_add_cls_flower(dev, cls, ingress);
case FLOW_CLS_DESTROY:
return dsa_slave_del_cls_flower(dev, cls, ingress);
case FLOW_CLS_STATS:
return dsa_slave_stats_cls_flower(dev, cls, ingress);
default:
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
}
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb(enum tc_setup_type type, void *type_data,
void *cb_priv, bool ingress)
{
struct net_device *dev = cb_priv;
if (!tc_can_offload(dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
switch (type) {
case TC_SETUP_CLSMATCHALL:
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_cls_matchall(dev, type_data, ingress);
case TC_SETUP_CLSFLOWER:
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_cls_flower(dev, type_data, ingress);
default:
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
}
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb_ig(enum tc_setup_type type,
void *type_data, void *cb_priv)
{
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb(type, type_data, cb_priv, true);
}
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb_eg(enum tc_setup_type type,
void *type_data, void *cb_priv)
{
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb(type, type_data, cb_priv, false);
}
static LIST_HEAD(dsa_slave_block_cb_list);
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_block(struct net_device *dev,
struct flow_block_offload *f)
{
struct flow_block_cb *block_cb;
flow_setup_cb_t *cb;
if (f->binder_type == FLOW_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_CLSACT_INGRESS)
cb = dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb_ig;
else if (f->binder_type == FLOW_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_CLSACT_EGRESS)
cb = dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb_eg;
else
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
f->driver_block_list = &dsa_slave_block_cb_list;
switch (f->command) {
case FLOW_BLOCK_BIND:
if (flow_block_cb_is_busy(cb, dev, &dsa_slave_block_cb_list))
return -EBUSY;
block_cb = flow_block_cb_alloc(cb, dev, dev, NULL);
if (IS_ERR(block_cb))
return PTR_ERR(block_cb);
flow_block_cb_add(block_cb, f);
list_add_tail(&block_cb->driver_list, &dsa_slave_block_cb_list);
return 0;
case FLOW_BLOCK_UNBIND:
block_cb = flow_block_cb_lookup(f->block, cb, dev);
if (!block_cb)
return -ENOENT;
flow_block_cb_remove(block_cb, f);
list_del(&block_cb->driver_list);
return 0;
default:
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
}
static int dsa_slave_setup_ft_block(struct dsa_switch *ds, int port,
void *type_data)
{
struct dsa_port *cpu_dp = dsa_to_port(ds, port)->cpu_dp;
struct net_device *master = cpu_dp->master;
if (!master->netdev_ops->ndo_setup_tc)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
return master->netdev_ops->ndo_setup_tc(master, TC_SETUP_FT, type_data);
}
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc(struct net_device *dev, enum tc_setup_type type,
void *type_data)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
switch (type) {
case TC_SETUP_BLOCK:
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_block(dev, type_data);
case TC_SETUP_FT:
return dsa_slave_setup_ft_block(ds, dp->index, type_data);
default:
break;
}
if (!ds->ops->port_setup_tc)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
return ds->ops->port_setup_tc(ds, dp->index, type, type_data);
}
static int dsa_slave_get_rxnfc(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_rxnfc *nfc, u32 *rule_locs)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
if (!ds->ops->get_rxnfc)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
return ds->ops->get_rxnfc(ds, dp->index, nfc, rule_locs);
}
static int dsa_slave_set_rxnfc(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_rxnfc *nfc)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
if (!ds->ops->set_rxnfc)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
return ds->ops->set_rxnfc(ds, dp->index, nfc);
}
static int dsa_slave_get_ts_info(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_ts_info *ts)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
if (!ds->ops->get_ts_info)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
return ds->ops->get_ts_info(ds, p->dp->index, ts);
}
static int dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid(struct net_device *dev, __be16 proto,
u16 vid)
{
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan vlan = {
.obj.id = SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN,
net: switchdev: remove vid_begin -> vid_end range from VLAN objects The call path of a switchdev VLAN addition to the bridge looks something like this today: nbp_vlan_init | __br_vlan_set_default_pvid | | | | | br_afspec | | | | | | | v | | | br_process_vlan_info | | | | | | | v | | | br_vlan_info | | | / \ / | | / \ / | | / \ / | | / \ / v v v v v nbp_vlan_add br_vlan_add ------+ | ^ ^ | | | / | | | | / / / | \ br_vlan_get_master/ / v \ ^ / / br_vlan_add_existing \ | / / | \ | / / / \ | / / / \ | / / / \ | / / / v | | v / __vlan_add / / | / / | / v | / __vlan_vid_add | / \ | / v v v br_switchdev_port_vlan_add The ranges UAPI was introduced to the bridge in commit bdced7ef7838 ("bridge: support for multiple vlans and vlan ranges in setlink and dellink requests") (Jan 10 2015). But the VLAN ranges (parsed in br_afspec) have always been passed one by one, through struct bridge_vlan_info tmp_vinfo, to br_vlan_info. So the range never went too far in depth. Then Scott Feldman introduced the switchdev_port_bridge_setlink function in commit 47f8328bb1a4 ("switchdev: add new switchdev bridge setlink"). That marked the introduction of the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN, which made full use of the range. But switchdev_port_bridge_setlink was called like this: br_setlink -> br_afspec -> switchdev_port_bridge_setlink Basically, the switchdev and the bridge code were not tightly integrated. Then commit 41c498b9359e ("bridge: restore br_setlink back to original") came, and switchdev drivers were required to implement .ndo_bridge_setlink = switchdev_port_bridge_setlink for a while. In the meantime, commits such as 0944d6b5a2fa ("bridge: try switchdev op first in __vlan_vid_add/del") finally made switchdev penetrate the br_vlan_info() barrier and start to develop the call path we have today. But remember, br_vlan_info() still receives VLANs one by one. Then Arkadi Sharshevsky refactored the switchdev API in 2017 in commit 29ab586c3d83 ("net: switchdev: Remove bridge bypass support from switchdev") so that drivers would not implement .ndo_bridge_setlink any longer. The switchdev_port_bridge_setlink also got deleted. This refactoring removed the parallel bridge_setlink implementation from switchdev, and left the only switchdev VLAN objects to be the ones offloaded from __vlan_vid_add (basically RX filtering) and __vlan_add (the latter coming from commit 9c86ce2c1ae3 ("net: bridge: Notify about bridge VLANs")). That is to say, today the switchdev VLAN object ranges are not used in the kernel. Refactoring the above call path is a bit complicated, when the bridge VLAN call path is already a bit complicated. Let's go off and finish the job of commit 29ab586c3d83 by deleting the bogus iteration through the VLAN ranges from the drivers. Some aspects of this feature never made too much sense in the first place. For example, what is a range of VLANs all having the BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID flag supposed to mean, when a port can obviously have a single pvid? This particular configuration _is_ denied as of commit 6623c60dc28e ("bridge: vlan: enforce no pvid flag in vlan ranges"), but from an API perspective, the driver still has to play pretend, and only offload the vlan->vid_end as pvid. And the addition of a switchdev VLAN object can modify the flags of another, completely unrelated, switchdev VLAN object! (a VLAN that is PVID will invalidate the PVID flag from whatever other VLAN had previously been offloaded with switchdev and had that flag. Yet switchdev never notifies about that change, drivers are supposed to guess). Nonetheless, having a VLAN range in the API makes error handling look scarier than it really is - unwinding on errors and all of that. When in reality, no one really calls this API with more than one VLAN. It is all unnecessary complexity. And despite appearing pretentious (two-phase transactional model and all), the switchdev API is really sloppy because the VLAN addition and removal operations are not paired with one another (you can add a VLAN 100 times and delete it just once). The bridge notifies through switchdev of a VLAN addition not only when the flags of an existing VLAN change, but also when nothing changes. There are switchdev drivers out there who don't like adding a VLAN that has already been added, and those checks don't really belong at driver level. But the fact that the API contains ranges is yet another factor that prevents this from being addressed in the future. Of the existing switchdev pieces of hardware, it appears that only Mellanox Spectrum supports offloading more than one VLAN at a time, through mlxsw_sp_port_vlan_set. I have kept that code internal to the driver, because there is some more bookkeeping that makes use of it, but I deleted it from the switchdev API. But since the switchdev support for ranges has already been de facto deleted by a Mellanox employee and nobody noticed for 4 years, I'm going to assume it's not a biggie. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> # switchdev and mlxsw Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-09 08:01:46 +08:00
.vid = vid,
/* This API only allows programming tagged, non-PVID VIDs */
.flags = 0,
};
struct netlink_ext_ack extack = {0};
int ret;
/* User port... */
ret = dsa_port_vlan_add(dp, &vlan, &extack);
if (ret) {
if (extack._msg)
netdev_err(dev, "%s\n", extack._msg);
return ret;
}
/* And CPU port... */
ret = dsa_port_vlan_add(dp->cpu_dp, &vlan, &extack);
if (ret) {
if (extack._msg)
netdev_err(dev, "CPU port %d: %s\n", dp->cpu_dp->index,
extack._msg);
return ret;
}
return vlan_vid_add(master, proto, vid);
}
static int dsa_slave_vlan_rx_kill_vid(struct net_device *dev, __be16 proto,
u16 vid)
{
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan vlan = {
net: switchdev: remove vid_begin -> vid_end range from VLAN objects The call path of a switchdev VLAN addition to the bridge looks something like this today: nbp_vlan_init | __br_vlan_set_default_pvid | | | | | br_afspec | | | | | | | v | | | br_process_vlan_info | | | | | | | v | | | br_vlan_info | | | / \ / | | / \ / | | / \ / | | / \ / v v v v v nbp_vlan_add br_vlan_add ------+ | ^ ^ | | | / | | | | / / / | \ br_vlan_get_master/ / v \ ^ / / br_vlan_add_existing \ | / / | \ | / / / \ | / / / \ | / / / \ | / / / v | | v / __vlan_add / / | / / | / v | / __vlan_vid_add | / \ | / v v v br_switchdev_port_vlan_add The ranges UAPI was introduced to the bridge in commit bdced7ef7838 ("bridge: support for multiple vlans and vlan ranges in setlink and dellink requests") (Jan 10 2015). But the VLAN ranges (parsed in br_afspec) have always been passed one by one, through struct bridge_vlan_info tmp_vinfo, to br_vlan_info. So the range never went too far in depth. Then Scott Feldman introduced the switchdev_port_bridge_setlink function in commit 47f8328bb1a4 ("switchdev: add new switchdev bridge setlink"). That marked the introduction of the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN, which made full use of the range. But switchdev_port_bridge_setlink was called like this: br_setlink -> br_afspec -> switchdev_port_bridge_setlink Basically, the switchdev and the bridge code were not tightly integrated. Then commit 41c498b9359e ("bridge: restore br_setlink back to original") came, and switchdev drivers were required to implement .ndo_bridge_setlink = switchdev_port_bridge_setlink for a while. In the meantime, commits such as 0944d6b5a2fa ("bridge: try switchdev op first in __vlan_vid_add/del") finally made switchdev penetrate the br_vlan_info() barrier and start to develop the call path we have today. But remember, br_vlan_info() still receives VLANs one by one. Then Arkadi Sharshevsky refactored the switchdev API in 2017 in commit 29ab586c3d83 ("net: switchdev: Remove bridge bypass support from switchdev") so that drivers would not implement .ndo_bridge_setlink any longer. The switchdev_port_bridge_setlink also got deleted. This refactoring removed the parallel bridge_setlink implementation from switchdev, and left the only switchdev VLAN objects to be the ones offloaded from __vlan_vid_add (basically RX filtering) and __vlan_add (the latter coming from commit 9c86ce2c1ae3 ("net: bridge: Notify about bridge VLANs")). That is to say, today the switchdev VLAN object ranges are not used in the kernel. Refactoring the above call path is a bit complicated, when the bridge VLAN call path is already a bit complicated. Let's go off and finish the job of commit 29ab586c3d83 by deleting the bogus iteration through the VLAN ranges from the drivers. Some aspects of this feature never made too much sense in the first place. For example, what is a range of VLANs all having the BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID flag supposed to mean, when a port can obviously have a single pvid? This particular configuration _is_ denied as of commit 6623c60dc28e ("bridge: vlan: enforce no pvid flag in vlan ranges"), but from an API perspective, the driver still has to play pretend, and only offload the vlan->vid_end as pvid. And the addition of a switchdev VLAN object can modify the flags of another, completely unrelated, switchdev VLAN object! (a VLAN that is PVID will invalidate the PVID flag from whatever other VLAN had previously been offloaded with switchdev and had that flag. Yet switchdev never notifies about that change, drivers are supposed to guess). Nonetheless, having a VLAN range in the API makes error handling look scarier than it really is - unwinding on errors and all of that. When in reality, no one really calls this API with more than one VLAN. It is all unnecessary complexity. And despite appearing pretentious (two-phase transactional model and all), the switchdev API is really sloppy because the VLAN addition and removal operations are not paired with one another (you can add a VLAN 100 times and delete it just once). The bridge notifies through switchdev of a VLAN addition not only when the flags of an existing VLAN change, but also when nothing changes. There are switchdev drivers out there who don't like adding a VLAN that has already been added, and those checks don't really belong at driver level. But the fact that the API contains ranges is yet another factor that prevents this from being addressed in the future. Of the existing switchdev pieces of hardware, it appears that only Mellanox Spectrum supports offloading more than one VLAN at a time, through mlxsw_sp_port_vlan_set. I have kept that code internal to the driver, because there is some more bookkeeping that makes use of it, but I deleted it from the switchdev API. But since the switchdev support for ranges has already been de facto deleted by a Mellanox employee and nobody noticed for 4 years, I'm going to assume it's not a biggie. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> # switchdev and mlxsw Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-09 08:01:46 +08:00
.vid = vid,
/* This API only allows programming tagged, non-PVID VIDs */
.flags = 0,
};
int err;
/* Do not deprogram the CPU port as it may be shared with other user
* ports which can be members of this VLAN as well.
*/
err = dsa_port_vlan_del(dp, &vlan);
if (err)
return err;
vlan_vid_del(master, proto, vid);
return 0;
}
net: dsa: implement auto-normalization of MTU for bridge hardware datapath Many switches don't have an explicit knob for configuring the MTU (maximum transmission unit per interface). Instead, they do the length-based packet admission checks on the ingress interface, for reasons that are easy to understand (why would you accept a packet in the queuing subsystem if you know you're going to drop it anyway). So it is actually the MRU that these switches permit configuring. In Linux there only exists the IFLA_MTU netlink attribute and the associated dev_set_mtu function. The comments like to play blind and say that it's changing the "maximum transfer unit", which is to say that there isn't any directionality in the meaning of the MTU word. So that is the interpretation that this patch is giving to things: MTU == MRU. When 2 interfaces having different MTUs are bridged, the bridge driver MTU auto-adjustment logic kicks in: what br_mtu_auto_adjust() does is it adjusts the MTU of the bridge net device itself (and not that of the slave net devices) to the minimum value of all slave interfaces, in order for forwarded packets to not exceed the MTU regardless of the interface they are received and send on. The idea behind this behavior, and why the slave MTUs are not adjusted, is that normal termination from Linux over the L2 forwarding domain should happen over the bridge net device, which _is_ properly limited by the minimum MTU. And termination over individual slave devices is possible even if those are bridged. But that is not "forwarding", so there's no reason to do normalization there, since only a single interface sees that packet. The problem with those switches that can only control the MRU is with the offloaded data path, where a packet received on an interface with MRU 9000 would still be forwarded to an interface with MRU 1500. And the br_mtu_auto_adjust() function does not really help, since the MTU configured on the bridge net device is ignored. In order to enforce the de-facto MTU == MRU rule for these switches, we need to do MTU normalization, which means: in order for no packet larger than the MTU configured on this port to be sent, then we need to limit the MRU on all ports that this packet could possibly come from. AKA since we are configuring the MRU via MTU, it means that all ports within a bridge forwarding domain should have the same MTU. And that is exactly what this patch is trying to do. >From an implementation perspective, we try to follow the intent of the user, otherwise there is a risk that we might livelock them (they try to change the MTU on an already-bridged interface, but we just keep changing it back in an attempt to keep the MTU normalized). So the MTU that the bridge is normalized to is either: - The most recently changed one: ip link set dev swp0 master br0 ip link set dev swp1 master br0 ip link set dev swp0 mtu 1400 This sequence will make swp1 inherit MTU 1400 from swp0. - The one of the most recently added interface to the bridge: ip link set dev swp0 master br0 ip link set dev swp1 mtu 1400 ip link set dev swp1 master br0 The above sequence will make swp0 inherit MTU 1400 as well. Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:43 +08:00
struct dsa_hw_port {
struct list_head list;
struct net_device *dev;
int old_mtu;
};
static int dsa_hw_port_list_set_mtu(struct list_head *hw_port_list, int mtu)
{
const struct dsa_hw_port *p;
int err;
list_for_each_entry(p, hw_port_list, list) {
if (p->dev->mtu == mtu)
continue;
err = dev_set_mtu(p->dev, mtu);
if (err)
goto rollback;
}
return 0;
rollback:
list_for_each_entry_continue_reverse(p, hw_port_list, list) {
if (p->dev->mtu == p->old_mtu)
continue;
if (dev_set_mtu(p->dev, p->old_mtu))
netdev_err(p->dev, "Failed to restore MTU\n");
}
return err;
}
static void dsa_hw_port_list_free(struct list_head *hw_port_list)
{
struct dsa_hw_port *p, *n;
list_for_each_entry_safe(p, n, hw_port_list, list)
kfree(p);
}
/* Make the hardware datapath to/from @dev limited to a common MTU */
static void dsa_bridge_mtu_normalization(struct dsa_port *dp)
net: dsa: implement auto-normalization of MTU for bridge hardware datapath Many switches don't have an explicit knob for configuring the MTU (maximum transmission unit per interface). Instead, they do the length-based packet admission checks on the ingress interface, for reasons that are easy to understand (why would you accept a packet in the queuing subsystem if you know you're going to drop it anyway). So it is actually the MRU that these switches permit configuring. In Linux there only exists the IFLA_MTU netlink attribute and the associated dev_set_mtu function. The comments like to play blind and say that it's changing the "maximum transfer unit", which is to say that there isn't any directionality in the meaning of the MTU word. So that is the interpretation that this patch is giving to things: MTU == MRU. When 2 interfaces having different MTUs are bridged, the bridge driver MTU auto-adjustment logic kicks in: what br_mtu_auto_adjust() does is it adjusts the MTU of the bridge net device itself (and not that of the slave net devices) to the minimum value of all slave interfaces, in order for forwarded packets to not exceed the MTU regardless of the interface they are received and send on. The idea behind this behavior, and why the slave MTUs are not adjusted, is that normal termination from Linux over the L2 forwarding domain should happen over the bridge net device, which _is_ properly limited by the minimum MTU. And termination over individual slave devices is possible even if those are bridged. But that is not "forwarding", so there's no reason to do normalization there, since only a single interface sees that packet. The problem with those switches that can only control the MRU is with the offloaded data path, where a packet received on an interface with MRU 9000 would still be forwarded to an interface with MRU 1500. And the br_mtu_auto_adjust() function does not really help, since the MTU configured on the bridge net device is ignored. In order to enforce the de-facto MTU == MRU rule for these switches, we need to do MTU normalization, which means: in order for no packet larger than the MTU configured on this port to be sent, then we need to limit the MRU on all ports that this packet could possibly come from. AKA since we are configuring the MRU via MTU, it means that all ports within a bridge forwarding domain should have the same MTU. And that is exactly what this patch is trying to do. >From an implementation perspective, we try to follow the intent of the user, otherwise there is a risk that we might livelock them (they try to change the MTU on an already-bridged interface, but we just keep changing it back in an attempt to keep the MTU normalized). So the MTU that the bridge is normalized to is either: - The most recently changed one: ip link set dev swp0 master br0 ip link set dev swp1 master br0 ip link set dev swp0 mtu 1400 This sequence will make swp1 inherit MTU 1400 from swp0. - The one of the most recently added interface to the bridge: ip link set dev swp0 master br0 ip link set dev swp1 mtu 1400 ip link set dev swp1 master br0 The above sequence will make swp0 inherit MTU 1400 as well. Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:43 +08:00
{
struct list_head hw_port_list;
struct dsa_switch_tree *dst;
int min_mtu = ETH_MAX_MTU;
struct dsa_port *other_dp;
int err;
if (!dp->ds->mtu_enforcement_ingress)
return;
if (!dp->bridge_dev)
return;
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&hw_port_list);
/* Populate the list of ports that are part of the same bridge
* as the newly added/modified port
*/
list_for_each_entry(dst, &dsa_tree_list, list) {
list_for_each_entry(other_dp, &dst->ports, list) {
struct dsa_hw_port *hw_port;
struct net_device *slave;
if (other_dp->type != DSA_PORT_TYPE_USER)
continue;
if (other_dp->bridge_dev != dp->bridge_dev)
continue;
if (!other_dp->ds->mtu_enforcement_ingress)
continue;
slave = other_dp->slave;
if (min_mtu > slave->mtu)
min_mtu = slave->mtu;
hw_port = kzalloc(sizeof(*hw_port), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!hw_port)
goto out;
hw_port->dev = slave;
hw_port->old_mtu = slave->mtu;
list_add(&hw_port->list, &hw_port_list);
}
}
/* Attempt to configure the entire hardware bridge to the newly added
* interface's MTU first, regardless of whether the intention of the
* user was to raise or lower it.
*/
err = dsa_hw_port_list_set_mtu(&hw_port_list, dp->slave->mtu);
if (!err)
goto out;
/* Clearly that didn't work out so well, so just set the minimum MTU on
* all hardware bridge ports now. If this fails too, then all ports will
* still have their old MTU rolled back anyway.
*/
dsa_hw_port_list_set_mtu(&hw_port_list, min_mtu);
out:
dsa_hw_port_list_free(&hw_port_list);
}
net: dsa: allow changing the tag protocol via the "tagging" device attribute Currently DSA exposes the following sysfs: $ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging ocelot which is a read-only device attribute, introduced in the kernel as commit 98cdb4807123 ("net: dsa: Expose tagging protocol to user-space"), and used by libpcap since its commit 993db3800d7d ("Add support for DSA link-layer types"). It would be nice if we could extend this device attribute by making it writable: $ echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging This is useful with DSA switches that can make use of more than one tagging protocol. It may be useful in dsa_loop in the future too, to perform offline testing of various taggers, or for changing between dsa and edsa on Marvell switches, if that is desirable. In terms of implementation, drivers can support this feature by implementing .change_tag_protocol, which should always leave the switch in a consistent state: either with the new protocol if things went well, or with the old one if something failed. Teardown of the old protocol, if necessary, must be handled by the driver. Some things remain as before: - The .get_tag_protocol is currently only called at probe time, to load the initial tagging protocol driver. Nonetheless, new drivers should report the tagging protocol in current use now. - The driver should manage by itself the initial setup of tagging protocol, no later than the .setup() method, as well as destroying resources used by the last tagger in use, no earlier than the .teardown() method. For multi-switch DSA trees, error handling is a bit more complicated, since e.g. the 5th out of 7 switches may fail to change the tag protocol. When that happens, a revert to the original tag protocol is attempted, but that may fail too, leaving the tree in an inconsistent state despite each individual switch implementing .change_tag_protocol transactionally. Since the intersection between drivers that implement .change_tag_protocol and drivers that support D in DSA is currently the empty set, the possibility for this error to happen is ignored for now. Testing: $ insmod mscc_felix.ko [ 79.549784] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Adding to iommu group 14 [ 79.565712] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Failed to register DSA switch: -517 $ insmod tag_ocelot.ko $ rmmod mscc_felix.ko $ insmod mscc_felix.ko [ 97.261724] libphy: VSC9959 internal MDIO bus: probed [ 97.267363] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 0 [ 97.274998] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 1 [ 97.282561] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 2 [ 97.289700] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 3 [ 97.599163] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:10] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL) [ 97.862034] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:11] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL) [ 97.950731] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode [ 97.964278] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp0 [ 98.146161] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp2 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:12] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL) [ 98.238649] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode [ 98.251845] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp1 [ 98.433916] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp3 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:13] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL) [ 98.485542] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: configuring for fixed/internal link mode [ 98.503584] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Up - 2.5Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx [ 98.527948] device eno2 entered promiscuous mode [ 98.544755] DSA: tree 0 setup $ ping 10.0.0.1 PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=2.337 ms 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.754 ms ^C - 10.0.0.1 ping statistics - 2 packets transmitted, 2 packets received, 0% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 0.754/1.545/2.337 ms $ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging ocelot $ cat ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh #!/bin/bash ip link set swp0 down ip link set swp1 down ip link set swp2 down ip link set swp3 down ip link set swp5 down ip link set eno2 down echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging ip link set eno2 up ip link set swp0 up ip link set swp1 up ip link set swp2 up ip link set swp3 up ip link set swp5 up $ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh: line 9: echo: write error: Protocol not available $ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot': Resource temporarily unavailable $ insmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko $ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh $ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging ocelot-8021q $ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko $ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot_8021q': Resource temporarily unavailable $ ping 10.0.0.1 PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.953 ms 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.787 ms 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.771 ms $ rmmod mscc_felix.ko [ 645.544426] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Down [ 645.838608] DSA: tree 0 torn down $ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-29 09:00:06 +08:00
int dsa_slave_change_mtu(struct net_device *dev, int new_mtu)
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept frames of various sizes: - Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network. - Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra headers to packets which can't be fragmented. For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency across all supported switches). The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch port. The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger overhead on the CPU port. However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device. This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU port when nothing should change. So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes. Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was now removed, for 2 reasons: - dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to do the same thing in DSA - __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to be informed). Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as co-developers down below. Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
{
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
struct dsa_port *cpu_dp;
int port = p->dp->index;
int largest_mtu = 0;
int new_master_mtu;
int old_master_mtu;
int mtu_limit;
int cpu_mtu;
int err, i;
if (!ds->ops->port_change_mtu)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
for (i = 0; i < ds->num_ports; i++) {
int slave_mtu;
if (!dsa_is_user_port(ds, i))
continue;
/* During probe, this function will be called for each slave
* device, while not all of them have been allocated. That's
* ok, it doesn't change what the maximum is, so ignore it.
*/
if (!dsa_to_port(ds, i)->slave)
continue;
/* Pretend that we already applied the setting, which we
* actually haven't (still haven't done all integrity checks)
*/
if (i == port)
slave_mtu = new_mtu;
else
slave_mtu = dsa_to_port(ds, i)->slave->mtu;
if (largest_mtu < slave_mtu)
largest_mtu = slave_mtu;
}
cpu_dp = dsa_to_port(ds, port)->cpu_dp;
mtu_limit = min_t(int, master->max_mtu, dev->max_mtu);
old_master_mtu = master->mtu;
new_master_mtu = largest_mtu + cpu_dp->tag_ops->overhead;
if (new_master_mtu > mtu_limit)
return -ERANGE;
/* If the master MTU isn't over limit, there's no need to check the CPU
* MTU, since that surely isn't either.
*/
cpu_mtu = largest_mtu;
/* Start applying stuff */
if (new_master_mtu != old_master_mtu) {
err = dev_set_mtu(master, new_master_mtu);
if (err < 0)
goto out_master_failed;
/* We only need to propagate the MTU of the CPU port to
* upstream switches.
*/
err = dsa_port_mtu_change(cpu_dp, cpu_mtu, true);
if (err)
goto out_cpu_failed;
}
err = dsa_port_mtu_change(dp, new_mtu, false);
if (err)
goto out_port_failed;
dev->mtu = new_mtu;
net: dsa: implement auto-normalization of MTU for bridge hardware datapath Many switches don't have an explicit knob for configuring the MTU (maximum transmission unit per interface). Instead, they do the length-based packet admission checks on the ingress interface, for reasons that are easy to understand (why would you accept a packet in the queuing subsystem if you know you're going to drop it anyway). So it is actually the MRU that these switches permit configuring. In Linux there only exists the IFLA_MTU netlink attribute and the associated dev_set_mtu function. The comments like to play blind and say that it's changing the "maximum transfer unit", which is to say that there isn't any directionality in the meaning of the MTU word. So that is the interpretation that this patch is giving to things: MTU == MRU. When 2 interfaces having different MTUs are bridged, the bridge driver MTU auto-adjustment logic kicks in: what br_mtu_auto_adjust() does is it adjusts the MTU of the bridge net device itself (and not that of the slave net devices) to the minimum value of all slave interfaces, in order for forwarded packets to not exceed the MTU regardless of the interface they are received and send on. The idea behind this behavior, and why the slave MTUs are not adjusted, is that normal termination from Linux over the L2 forwarding domain should happen over the bridge net device, which _is_ properly limited by the minimum MTU. And termination over individual slave devices is possible even if those are bridged. But that is not "forwarding", so there's no reason to do normalization there, since only a single interface sees that packet. The problem with those switches that can only control the MRU is with the offloaded data path, where a packet received on an interface with MRU 9000 would still be forwarded to an interface with MRU 1500. And the br_mtu_auto_adjust() function does not really help, since the MTU configured on the bridge net device is ignored. In order to enforce the de-facto MTU == MRU rule for these switches, we need to do MTU normalization, which means: in order for no packet larger than the MTU configured on this port to be sent, then we need to limit the MRU on all ports that this packet could possibly come from. AKA since we are configuring the MRU via MTU, it means that all ports within a bridge forwarding domain should have the same MTU. And that is exactly what this patch is trying to do. >From an implementation perspective, we try to follow the intent of the user, otherwise there is a risk that we might livelock them (they try to change the MTU on an already-bridged interface, but we just keep changing it back in an attempt to keep the MTU normalized). So the MTU that the bridge is normalized to is either: - The most recently changed one: ip link set dev swp0 master br0 ip link set dev swp1 master br0 ip link set dev swp0 mtu 1400 This sequence will make swp1 inherit MTU 1400 from swp0. - The one of the most recently added interface to the bridge: ip link set dev swp0 master br0 ip link set dev swp1 mtu 1400 ip link set dev swp1 master br0 The above sequence will make swp0 inherit MTU 1400 as well. Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:43 +08:00
dsa_bridge_mtu_normalization(dp);
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept frames of various sizes: - Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network. - Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra headers to packets which can't be fragmented. For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency across all supported switches). The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch port. The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger overhead on the CPU port. However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device. This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU port when nothing should change. So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes. Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was now removed, for 2 reasons: - dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to do the same thing in DSA - __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to be informed). Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as co-developers down below. Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
return 0;
out_port_failed:
if (new_master_mtu != old_master_mtu)
dsa_port_mtu_change(cpu_dp, old_master_mtu -
cpu_dp->tag_ops->overhead,
true);
out_cpu_failed:
if (new_master_mtu != old_master_mtu)
dev_set_mtu(master, old_master_mtu);
out_master_failed:
return err;
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
static const struct ethtool_ops dsa_slave_ethtool_ops = {
.get_drvinfo = dsa_slave_get_drvinfo,
.get_regs_len = dsa_slave_get_regs_len,
.get_regs = dsa_slave_get_regs,
.nway_reset = dsa_slave_nway_reset,
.get_link = ethtool_op_get_link,
.get_eeprom_len = dsa_slave_get_eeprom_len,
.get_eeprom = dsa_slave_get_eeprom,
.set_eeprom = dsa_slave_set_eeprom,
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
.get_strings = dsa_slave_get_strings,
.get_ethtool_stats = dsa_slave_get_ethtool_stats,
.get_sset_count = dsa_slave_get_sset_count,
.set_wol = dsa_slave_set_wol,
.get_wol = dsa_slave_get_wol,
.set_eee = dsa_slave_set_eee,
.get_eee = dsa_slave_get_eee,
.get_link_ksettings = dsa_slave_get_link_ksettings,
.set_link_ksettings = dsa_slave_set_link_ksettings,
.get_pauseparam = dsa_slave_get_pauseparam,
.set_pauseparam = dsa_slave_set_pauseparam,
.get_rxnfc = dsa_slave_get_rxnfc,
.set_rxnfc = dsa_slave_set_rxnfc,
.get_ts_info = dsa_slave_get_ts_info,
.self_test = dsa_slave_net_selftest,
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
};
/* legacy way, bypassing the bridge *****************************************/
static int dsa_legacy_fdb_add(struct ndmsg *ndm, struct nlattr *tb[],
struct net_device *dev,
const unsigned char *addr, u16 vid,
u16 flags,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return dsa_port_fdb_add(dp, addr, vid);
}
static int dsa_legacy_fdb_del(struct ndmsg *ndm, struct nlattr *tb[],
struct net_device *dev,
const unsigned char *addr, u16 vid)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return dsa_port_fdb_del(dp, addr, vid);
}
static struct devlink_port *dsa_slave_get_devlink_port(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return dp->ds->devlink ? &dp->devlink_port : NULL;
}
static void dsa_slave_get_stats64(struct net_device *dev,
struct rtnl_link_stats64 *s)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
if (ds->ops->get_stats64)
ds->ops->get_stats64(ds, dp->index, s);
else
dev_get_tstats64(dev, s);
}
static int dsa_slave_fill_forward_path(struct net_device_path_ctx *ctx,
struct net_device_path *path)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(ctx->dev);
struct dsa_port *cpu_dp = dp->cpu_dp;
path->dev = ctx->dev;
path->type = DEV_PATH_DSA;
path->dsa.proto = cpu_dp->tag_ops->proto;
path->dsa.port = dp->index;
ctx->dev = cpu_dp->master;
return 0;
}
static const struct net_device_ops dsa_slave_netdev_ops = {
.ndo_open = dsa_slave_open,
.ndo_stop = dsa_slave_close,
.ndo_start_xmit = dsa_slave_xmit,
.ndo_change_rx_flags = dsa_slave_change_rx_flags,
.ndo_set_rx_mode = dsa_slave_set_rx_mode,
.ndo_set_mac_address = dsa_slave_set_mac_address,
.ndo_fdb_add = dsa_legacy_fdb_add,
.ndo_fdb_del = dsa_legacy_fdb_del,
.ndo_fdb_dump = dsa_slave_fdb_dump,
.ndo_do_ioctl = dsa_slave_ioctl,
.ndo_get_iflink = dsa_slave_get_iflink,
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER
.ndo_netpoll_setup = dsa_slave_netpoll_setup,
.ndo_netpoll_cleanup = dsa_slave_netpoll_cleanup,
.ndo_poll_controller = dsa_slave_poll_controller,
#endif
.ndo_get_phys_port_name = dsa_slave_get_phys_port_name,
.ndo_setup_tc = dsa_slave_setup_tc,
.ndo_get_stats64 = dsa_slave_get_stats64,
.ndo_get_port_parent_id = dsa_slave_get_port_parent_id,
.ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid = dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid,
.ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid = dsa_slave_vlan_rx_kill_vid,
.ndo_get_devlink_port = dsa_slave_get_devlink_port,
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept frames of various sizes: - Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network. - Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra headers to packets which can't be fragmented. For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency across all supported switches). The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch port. The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger overhead on the CPU port. However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device. This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU port when nothing should change. So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes. Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was now removed, for 2 reasons: - dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to do the same thing in DSA - __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to be informed). Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as co-developers down below. Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
.ndo_change_mtu = dsa_slave_change_mtu,
.ndo_fill_forward_path = dsa_slave_fill_forward_path,
};
static struct device_type dsa_type = {
.name = "dsa",
};
void dsa_port_phylink_mac_change(struct dsa_switch *ds, int port, bool up)
{
const struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_to_port(ds, port);
if (dp->pl)
phylink_mac_change(dp->pl, up);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(dsa_port_phylink_mac_change);
static void dsa_slave_phylink_fixed_state(struct phylink_config *config,
struct phylink_link_state *state)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = container_of(config, struct dsa_port, pl_config);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
/* No need to check that this operation is valid, the callback would
* not be called if it was not.
*/
ds->ops->phylink_fixed_state(ds, dp->index, state);
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
/* slave device setup *******************************************************/
static int dsa_slave_phy_connect(struct net_device *slave_dev, int addr)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
slave_dev->phydev = mdiobus_get_phy(ds->slave_mii_bus, addr);
if (!slave_dev->phydev) {
netdev_err(slave_dev, "no phy at %d\n", addr);
return -ENODEV;
}
return phylink_connect_phy(dp->pl, slave_dev->phydev);
}
static int dsa_slave_phy_setup(struct net_device *slave_dev)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
struct device_node *port_dn = dp->dn;
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
phy_interface_t mode;
u32 phy_flags = 0;
int ret;
ret = of_get_phy_mode(port_dn, &mode);
if (ret)
mode = PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA;
net: phylink: Add struct phylink_config to PHYLINK API The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK. This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API. A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK user can get the original net_device using a structure such as 'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the phylink_config using a container_of call. At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through the phylink_config structure. This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-29 01:38:12 +08:00
dp->pl_config.dev = &slave_dev->dev;
dp->pl_config.type = PHYLINK_NETDEV;
/* The get_fixed_state callback takes precedence over polling the
* link GPIO in PHYLINK (see phylink_get_fixed_state). Only set
* this if the switch provides such a callback.
*/
if (ds->ops->phylink_fixed_state) {
dp->pl_config.get_fixed_state = dsa_slave_phylink_fixed_state;
dp->pl_config.poll_fixed_state = true;
}
net: phylink: Add struct phylink_config to PHYLINK API The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK. This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API. A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK user can get the original net_device using a structure such as 'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the phylink_config using a container_of call. At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through the phylink_config structure. This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-29 01:38:12 +08:00
dp->pl = phylink_create(&dp->pl_config, of_fwnode_handle(port_dn), mode,
&dsa_port_phylink_mac_ops);
if (IS_ERR(dp->pl)) {
netdev_err(slave_dev,
"error creating PHYLINK: %ld\n", PTR_ERR(dp->pl));
return PTR_ERR(dp->pl);
}
if (ds->ops->get_phy_flags)
phy_flags = ds->ops->get_phy_flags(ds, dp->index);
ret = phylink_of_phy_connect(dp->pl, port_dn, phy_flags);
if (ret == -ENODEV && ds->slave_mii_bus) {
/* We could not connect to a designated PHY or SFP, so try to
* use the switch internal MDIO bus instead
*/
ret = dsa_slave_phy_connect(slave_dev, dp->index);
if (ret) {
netdev_err(slave_dev,
"failed to connect to port %d: %d\n",
dp->index, ret);
phylink_destroy(dp->pl);
return ret;
}
}
return ret;
}
net: dsa: allow changing the tag protocol via the "tagging" device attribute Currently DSA exposes the following sysfs: $ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging ocelot which is a read-only device attribute, introduced in the kernel as commit 98cdb4807123 ("net: dsa: Expose tagging protocol to user-space"), and used by libpcap since its commit 993db3800d7d ("Add support for DSA link-layer types"). It would be nice if we could extend this device attribute by making it writable: $ echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging This is useful with DSA switches that can make use of more than one tagging protocol. It may be useful in dsa_loop in the future too, to perform offline testing of various taggers, or for changing between dsa and edsa on Marvell switches, if that is desirable. In terms of implementation, drivers can support this feature by implementing .change_tag_protocol, which should always leave the switch in a consistent state: either with the new protocol if things went well, or with the old one if something failed. Teardown of the old protocol, if necessary, must be handled by the driver. Some things remain as before: - The .get_tag_protocol is currently only called at probe time, to load the initial tagging protocol driver. Nonetheless, new drivers should report the tagging protocol in current use now. - The driver should manage by itself the initial setup of tagging protocol, no later than the .setup() method, as well as destroying resources used by the last tagger in use, no earlier than the .teardown() method. For multi-switch DSA trees, error handling is a bit more complicated, since e.g. the 5th out of 7 switches may fail to change the tag protocol. When that happens, a revert to the original tag protocol is attempted, but that may fail too, leaving the tree in an inconsistent state despite each individual switch implementing .change_tag_protocol transactionally. Since the intersection between drivers that implement .change_tag_protocol and drivers that support D in DSA is currently the empty set, the possibility for this error to happen is ignored for now. Testing: $ insmod mscc_felix.ko [ 79.549784] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Adding to iommu group 14 [ 79.565712] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Failed to register DSA switch: -517 $ insmod tag_ocelot.ko $ rmmod mscc_felix.ko $ insmod mscc_felix.ko [ 97.261724] libphy: VSC9959 internal MDIO bus: probed [ 97.267363] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 0 [ 97.274998] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 1 [ 97.282561] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 2 [ 97.289700] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 3 [ 97.599163] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:10] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL) [ 97.862034] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:11] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL) [ 97.950731] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode [ 97.964278] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp0 [ 98.146161] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp2 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:12] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL) [ 98.238649] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode [ 98.251845] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp1 [ 98.433916] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp3 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:13] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL) [ 98.485542] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: configuring for fixed/internal link mode [ 98.503584] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Up - 2.5Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx [ 98.527948] device eno2 entered promiscuous mode [ 98.544755] DSA: tree 0 setup $ ping 10.0.0.1 PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=2.337 ms 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.754 ms ^C - 10.0.0.1 ping statistics - 2 packets transmitted, 2 packets received, 0% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 0.754/1.545/2.337 ms $ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging ocelot $ cat ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh #!/bin/bash ip link set swp0 down ip link set swp1 down ip link set swp2 down ip link set swp3 down ip link set swp5 down ip link set eno2 down echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging ip link set eno2 up ip link set swp0 up ip link set swp1 up ip link set swp2 up ip link set swp3 up ip link set swp5 up $ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh: line 9: echo: write error: Protocol not available $ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot': Resource temporarily unavailable $ insmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko $ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh $ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging ocelot-8021q $ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko $ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot_8021q': Resource temporarily unavailable $ ping 10.0.0.1 PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.953 ms 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.787 ms 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.771 ms $ rmmod mscc_felix.ko [ 645.544426] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Down [ 645.838608] DSA: tree 0 torn down $ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-29 09:00:06 +08:00
void dsa_slave_setup_tagger(struct net_device *slave)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave);
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(slave);
const struct dsa_port *cpu_dp = dp->cpu_dp;
struct net_device *master = cpu_dp->master;
if (cpu_dp->tag_ops->tail_tag)
slave->needed_tailroom = cpu_dp->tag_ops->overhead;
else
slave->needed_headroom = cpu_dp->tag_ops->overhead;
/* Try to save one extra realloc later in the TX path (in the master)
* by also inheriting the master's needed headroom and tailroom.
* The 8021q driver also does this.
*/
slave->needed_headroom += master->needed_headroom;
slave->needed_tailroom += master->needed_tailroom;
p->xmit = cpu_dp->tag_ops->xmit;
}
static struct lock_class_key dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key;
static void dsa_slave_set_lockdep_class_one(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_queue *txq,
void *_unused)
{
lockdep_set_class(&txq->_xmit_lock,
&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key);
}
int dsa_slave_suspend(struct net_device *slave_dev)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
if (!netif_running(slave_dev))
return 0;
netif_device_detach(slave_dev);
rtnl_lock();
phylink_stop(dp->pl);
rtnl_unlock();
return 0;
}
int dsa_slave_resume(struct net_device *slave_dev)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
if (!netif_running(slave_dev))
return 0;
netif_device_attach(slave_dev);
rtnl_lock();
phylink_start(dp->pl);
rtnl_unlock();
return 0;
}
int dsa_slave_create(struct dsa_port *port)
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
{
const struct dsa_port *cpu_dp = port->cpu_dp;
struct net_device *master = cpu_dp->master;
struct dsa_switch *ds = port->ds;
const char *name = port->name;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
struct net_device *slave_dev;
struct dsa_slave_priv *p;
int ret;
if (!ds->num_tx_queues)
ds->num_tx_queues = 1;
slave_dev = alloc_netdev_mqs(sizeof(struct dsa_slave_priv), name,
NET_NAME_UNKNOWN, ether_setup,
ds->num_tx_queues, 1);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
if (slave_dev == NULL)
return -ENOMEM;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
slave_dev->features = master->vlan_features | NETIF_F_HW_TC;
if (ds->ops->port_vlan_add && ds->ops->port_vlan_del)
slave_dev->features |= NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER;
slave_dev->hw_features |= NETIF_F_HW_TC;
net: dsa: declare lockless TX feature for slave ports Be there a platform with the following layout: Regular NIC | +----> DSA master for switch port | +----> DSA master for another switch port After changing DSA back to static lockdep class keys in commit 1a33e10e4a95 ("net: partially revert dynamic lockdep key changes"), this kernel splat can be seen: [ 13.361198] ============================================ [ 13.366524] WARNING: possible recursive locking detected [ 13.371851] 5.7.0-rc4-02121-gc32a05ecd7af-dirty #988 Not tainted [ 13.377874] -------------------------------------------- [ 13.383201] swapper/0/0 is trying to acquire lock: [ 13.388004] ffff0000668ff298 (&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key){+.-.}-{2:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x84c/0xbe0 [ 13.397879] [ 13.397879] but task is already holding lock: [ 13.403727] ffff0000661a1698 (&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key){+.-.}-{2:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x84c/0xbe0 [ 13.413593] [ 13.413593] other info that might help us debug this: [ 13.420140] Possible unsafe locking scenario: [ 13.420140] [ 13.426075] CPU0 [ 13.428523] ---- [ 13.430969] lock(&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key); [ 13.435946] lock(&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key); [ 13.440924] [ 13.440924] *** DEADLOCK *** [ 13.440924] [ 13.446860] May be due to missing lock nesting notation [ 13.446860] [ 13.453668] 6 locks held by swapper/0/0: [ 13.457598] #0: ffff800010003de0 ((&idev->mc_ifc_timer)){+.-.}-{0:0}, at: call_timer_fn+0x0/0x400 [ 13.466593] #1: ffffd4d3fb478700 (rcu_read_lock){....}-{1:2}, at: mld_sendpack+0x0/0x560 [ 13.474803] #2: ffffd4d3fb478728 (rcu_read_lock_bh){....}-{1:2}, at: ip6_finish_output2+0x64/0xb10 [ 13.483886] #3: ffffd4d3fb478728 (rcu_read_lock_bh){....}-{1:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x6c/0xbe0 [ 13.492793] #4: ffff0000661a1698 (&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key){+.-.}-{2:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x84c/0xbe0 [ 13.503094] #5: ffffd4d3fb478728 (rcu_read_lock_bh){....}-{1:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x6c/0xbe0 [ 13.512000] [ 13.512000] stack backtrace: [ 13.516369] CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 5.7.0-rc4-02121-gc32a05ecd7af-dirty #988 [ 13.530421] Call trace: [ 13.532871] dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1d8 [ 13.536539] show_stack+0x24/0x30 [ 13.539862] dump_stack+0xe8/0x150 [ 13.543271] __lock_acquire+0x1030/0x1678 [ 13.547290] lock_acquire+0xf8/0x458 [ 13.550873] _raw_spin_lock+0x44/0x58 [ 13.554543] __dev_queue_xmit+0x84c/0xbe0 [ 13.558562] dev_queue_xmit+0x24/0x30 [ 13.562232] dsa_slave_xmit+0xe0/0x128 [ 13.565988] dev_hard_start_xmit+0xf4/0x448 [ 13.570182] __dev_queue_xmit+0x808/0xbe0 [ 13.574200] dev_queue_xmit+0x24/0x30 [ 13.577869] neigh_resolve_output+0x15c/0x220 [ 13.582237] ip6_finish_output2+0x244/0xb10 [ 13.586430] __ip6_finish_output+0x1dc/0x298 [ 13.590709] ip6_output+0x84/0x358 [ 13.594116] mld_sendpack+0x2bc/0x560 [ 13.597786] mld_ifc_timer_expire+0x210/0x390 [ 13.602153] call_timer_fn+0xcc/0x400 [ 13.605822] run_timer_softirq+0x588/0x6e0 [ 13.609927] __do_softirq+0x118/0x590 [ 13.613597] irq_exit+0x13c/0x148 [ 13.616918] __handle_domain_irq+0x6c/0xc0 [ 13.621023] gic_handle_irq+0x6c/0x160 [ 13.624779] el1_irq+0xbc/0x180 [ 13.627927] cpuidle_enter_state+0xb4/0x4d0 [ 13.632120] cpuidle_enter+0x3c/0x50 [ 13.635703] call_cpuidle+0x44/0x78 [ 13.639199] do_idle+0x228/0x2c8 [ 13.642433] cpu_startup_entry+0x2c/0x48 [ 13.646363] rest_init+0x1ac/0x280 [ 13.649773] arch_call_rest_init+0x14/0x1c [ 13.653878] start_kernel+0x490/0x4bc Lockdep keys themselves were added in commit ab92d68fc22f ("net: core: add generic lockdep keys"), and it's very likely that this splat existed since then, but I have no real way to check, since this stacked platform wasn't supported by mainline back then. >From Taehee's own words: This patch was considered that all stackable devices have LLTX flag. But the dsa doesn't have LLTX, so this splat happened. After this patch, dsa shares the same lockdep class key. On the nested dsa interface architecture, which you illustrated, the same lockdep class key will be used in __dev_queue_xmit() because dsa doesn't have LLTX. So that lockdep detects deadlock because the same lockdep class key is used recursively although actually the different locks are used. There are some ways to fix this problem. 1. using NETIF_F_LLTX flag. If possible, using the LLTX flag is a very clear way for it. But I'm so sorry I don't know whether the dsa could have LLTX or not. 2. using dynamic lockdep again. It means that each interface uses a separate lockdep class key. So, lockdep will not detect recursive locking. But this way has a problem that it could consume lockdep class key too many. Currently, lockdep can have 8192 lockdep class keys. - you can see this number with the following command. cat /proc/lockdep_stats lock-classes: 1251 [max: 8192] ... The [max: 8192] means that the maximum number of lockdep class keys. If too many lockdep class keys are registered, lockdep stops to work. So, using a dynamic(separated) lockdep class key should be considered carefully. In addition, updating lockdep class key routine might have to be existing. (lockdep_register_key(), lockdep_set_class(), lockdep_unregister_key()) 3. Using lockdep subclass. A lockdep class key could have 8 subclasses. The different subclass is considered different locks by lockdep infrastructure. But "lock-classes" is not counted by subclasses. So, it could avoid stopping lockdep infrastructure by an overflow of lockdep class keys. This approach should also have an updating lockdep class key routine. (lockdep_set_subclass()) 4. Using nonvalidate lockdep class key. The lockdep infrastructure supports nonvalidate lockdep class key type. It means this lockdep is not validated by lockdep infrastructure. So, the splat will not happen but lockdep couldn't detect real deadlock case because lockdep really doesn't validate it. I think this should be used for really special cases. (lockdep_set_novalidate_class()) Further discussion here: https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/netdev/patch/20200503052220.4536-2-xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com/ There appears to be no negative side-effect to declaring lockless TX for the DSA virtual interfaces, which means they handle their own locking. So that's what we do to make the splat go away. Patch tested in a wide variety of cases: unicast, multicast, PTP, etc. Fixes: ab92d68fc22f ("net: core: add generic lockdep keys") Suggested-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-28 02:08:05 +08:00
slave_dev->features |= NETIF_F_LLTX;
slave_dev->ethtool_ops = &dsa_slave_ethtool_ops;
of: net: pass the dst buffer to of_get_mac_address() of_get_mac_address() returns a "const void*" pointer to a MAC address. Lately, support to fetch the MAC address by an NVMEM provider was added. But this will only work with platform devices. It will not work with PCI devices (e.g. of an integrated root complex) and esp. not with DSA ports. There is an of_* variant of the nvmem binding which works without devices. The returned data of a nvmem_cell_read() has to be freed after use. On the other hand the return of_get_mac_address() points to some static data without a lifetime. The trick for now, was to allocate a device resource managed buffer which is then returned. This will only work if we have an actual device. Change it, so that the caller of of_get_mac_address() has to supply a buffer where the MAC address is written to. Unfortunately, this will touch all drivers which use the of_get_mac_address(). Usually the code looks like: const char *addr; addr = of_get_mac_address(np); if (!IS_ERR(addr)) ether_addr_copy(ndev->dev_addr, addr); This can then be simply rewritten as: of_get_mac_address(np, ndev->dev_addr); Sometimes is_valid_ether_addr() is used to test the MAC address. of_get_mac_address() already makes sure, it just returns a valid MAC address. Thus we can just test its return code. But we have to be careful if there are still other sources for the MAC address before the of_get_mac_address(). In this case we have to keep the is_valid_ether_addr() call. The following coccinelle patch was used to convert common cases to the new style. Afterwards, I've manually gone over the drivers and fixed the return code variable: either used a new one or if one was already available use that. Mansour Moufid, thanks for that coccinelle patch! <spml> @a@ identifier x; expression y, z; @@ - x = of_get_mac_address(y); + x = of_get_mac_address(y, z); <... - ether_addr_copy(z, x); ...> @@ identifier a.x; @@ - if (<+... x ...+>) {} @@ identifier a.x; @@ if (<+... x ...+>) { ... } - else {} @@ identifier a.x; expression e; @@ - if (<+... x ...+>@e) - {} - else + if (!(e)) {...} @@ expression x, y, z; @@ - x = of_get_mac_address(y, z); + of_get_mac_address(y, z); ... when != x </spml> All drivers, except drivers/net/ethernet/aeroflex/greth.c, were compile-time tested. Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-04-13 01:47:17 +08:00
if (!is_zero_ether_addr(port->mac))
ether_addr_copy(slave_dev->dev_addr, port->mac);
else
eth_hw_addr_inherit(slave_dev, master);
slave_dev->priv_flags |= IFF_NO_QUEUE;
slave_dev->netdev_ops = &dsa_slave_netdev_ops;
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept frames of various sizes: - Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network. - Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra headers to packets which can't be fragmented. For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency across all supported switches). The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch port. The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger overhead on the CPU port. However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device. This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU port when nothing should change. So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes. Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was now removed, for 2 reasons: - dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to do the same thing in DSA - __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to be informed). Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as co-developers down below. Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
if (ds->ops->port_max_mtu)
slave_dev->max_mtu = ds->ops->port_max_mtu(ds, port->index);
SET_NETDEV_DEVTYPE(slave_dev, &dsa_type);
netdev_for_each_tx_queue(slave_dev, dsa_slave_set_lockdep_class_one,
NULL);
SET_NETDEV_DEV(slave_dev, port->ds->dev);
slave_dev->dev.of_node = port->dn;
slave_dev->vlan_features = master->vlan_features;
p = netdev_priv(slave_dev);
slave_dev->tstats = netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats(struct pcpu_sw_netstats);
if (!slave_dev->tstats) {
free_netdev(slave_dev);
return -ENOMEM;
}
net: dsa: add GRO support via gro_cells gro_cells lib is used by different encapsulating netdevices, such as geneve, macsec, vxlan etc. to speed up decapsulated traffic processing. CPU tag is a sort of "encapsulation", and we can use the same mechs to greatly improve overall DSA performance. skbs are passed to the GRO layer after removing CPU tags, so we don't need any new packet offload types as it was firstly proposed by me in the first GRO-over-DSA variant [1]. The size of struct gro_cells is sizeof(void *), so hot struct dsa_slave_priv becomes only 4/8 bytes bigger, and all critical fields remain in one 32-byte cacheline. The other positive side effect is that drivers for network devices that can be shipped as CPU ports of DSA-driven switches can now use napi_gro_frags() to pass skbs to kernel. Packets built that way are completely non-linear and are likely being dropped without GRO. This was tested on to-be-mainlined-soon Ethernet driver that uses napi_gro_frags(), and the overall performance was on par with the variant from [1], sometimes even better due to minimal overhead. net.core.gro_normal_batch tuning may help to push it to the limit on particular setups and platforms. iperf3 IPoE VLAN NAT TCP forwarding (port1.218 -> port0) setup on 1.2 GHz MIPS board: 5.7-rc2 baseline: [ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr [ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 9.00 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec 413 sender [ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 8.99 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec receiver Iface RX packets TX packets eth0 7097731 7097702 port0 426050 6671829 port1 6671681 425862 port1.218 6671677 425851 With this patch: [ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr [ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec 122 sender [ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec receiver Iface RX packets TX packets eth0 9474792 9474777 port0 455200 353288 port1 9019592 455035 port1.218 353144 455024 v2: - Add some performance examples in the commit message; - No functional changes. [1] https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20191230143028.27313-1-alobakin@dlink.ru/ Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <bloodyreaper@yandex.ru> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-04-21 21:41:08 +08:00
ret = gro_cells_init(&p->gcells, slave_dev);
if (ret)
goto out_free;
p->dp = port;
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&p->mall_tc_list);
port->slave = slave_dev;
net: dsa: allow changing the tag protocol via the "tagging" device attribute Currently DSA exposes the following sysfs: $ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging ocelot which is a read-only device attribute, introduced in the kernel as commit 98cdb4807123 ("net: dsa: Expose tagging protocol to user-space"), and used by libpcap since its commit 993db3800d7d ("Add support for DSA link-layer types"). It would be nice if we could extend this device attribute by making it writable: $ echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging This is useful with DSA switches that can make use of more than one tagging protocol. It may be useful in dsa_loop in the future too, to perform offline testing of various taggers, or for changing between dsa and edsa on Marvell switches, if that is desirable. In terms of implementation, drivers can support this feature by implementing .change_tag_protocol, which should always leave the switch in a consistent state: either with the new protocol if things went well, or with the old one if something failed. Teardown of the old protocol, if necessary, must be handled by the driver. Some things remain as before: - The .get_tag_protocol is currently only called at probe time, to load the initial tagging protocol driver. Nonetheless, new drivers should report the tagging protocol in current use now. - The driver should manage by itself the initial setup of tagging protocol, no later than the .setup() method, as well as destroying resources used by the last tagger in use, no earlier than the .teardown() method. For multi-switch DSA trees, error handling is a bit more complicated, since e.g. the 5th out of 7 switches may fail to change the tag protocol. When that happens, a revert to the original tag protocol is attempted, but that may fail too, leaving the tree in an inconsistent state despite each individual switch implementing .change_tag_protocol transactionally. Since the intersection between drivers that implement .change_tag_protocol and drivers that support D in DSA is currently the empty set, the possibility for this error to happen is ignored for now. Testing: $ insmod mscc_felix.ko [ 79.549784] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Adding to iommu group 14 [ 79.565712] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Failed to register DSA switch: -517 $ insmod tag_ocelot.ko $ rmmod mscc_felix.ko $ insmod mscc_felix.ko [ 97.261724] libphy: VSC9959 internal MDIO bus: probed [ 97.267363] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 0 [ 97.274998] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 1 [ 97.282561] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 2 [ 97.289700] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 3 [ 97.599163] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:10] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL) [ 97.862034] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:11] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL) [ 97.950731] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode [ 97.964278] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp0 [ 98.146161] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp2 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:12] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL) [ 98.238649] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode [ 98.251845] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp1 [ 98.433916] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp3 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:13] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL) [ 98.485542] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: configuring for fixed/internal link mode [ 98.503584] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Up - 2.5Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx [ 98.527948] device eno2 entered promiscuous mode [ 98.544755] DSA: tree 0 setup $ ping 10.0.0.1 PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=2.337 ms 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.754 ms ^C - 10.0.0.1 ping statistics - 2 packets transmitted, 2 packets received, 0% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 0.754/1.545/2.337 ms $ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging ocelot $ cat ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh #!/bin/bash ip link set swp0 down ip link set swp1 down ip link set swp2 down ip link set swp3 down ip link set swp5 down ip link set eno2 down echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging ip link set eno2 up ip link set swp0 up ip link set swp1 up ip link set swp2 up ip link set swp3 up ip link set swp5 up $ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh: line 9: echo: write error: Protocol not available $ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot': Resource temporarily unavailable $ insmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko $ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh $ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging ocelot-8021q $ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko $ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot_8021q': Resource temporarily unavailable $ ping 10.0.0.1 PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.953 ms 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.787 ms 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.771 ms $ rmmod mscc_felix.ko [ 645.544426] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Down [ 645.838608] DSA: tree 0 torn down $ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-29 09:00:06 +08:00
dsa_slave_setup_tagger(slave_dev);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept frames of various sizes: - Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network. - Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra headers to packets which can't be fragmented. For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency across all supported switches). The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch port. The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger overhead on the CPU port. However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device. This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU port when nothing should change. So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes. Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was now removed, for 2 reasons: - dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to do the same thing in DSA - __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to be informed). Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as co-developers down below. Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
rtnl_lock();
ret = dsa_slave_change_mtu(slave_dev, ETH_DATA_LEN);
rtnl_unlock();
if (ret && ret != -EOPNOTSUPP)
dev_warn(ds->dev, "nonfatal error %d setting MTU to %d on port %d\n",
ret, ETH_DATA_LEN, port->index);
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept frames of various sizes: - Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network. - Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra headers to packets which can't be fragmented. For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency across all supported switches). The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch port. The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger overhead on the CPU port. However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device. This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU port when nothing should change. So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes. Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was now removed, for 2 reasons: - dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to do the same thing in DSA - __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to be informed). Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as co-developers down below. Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
netif_carrier_off(slave_dev);
ret = dsa_slave_phy_setup(slave_dev);
if (ret) {
net: dsa: change PHY error message again slave_dev->name is only populated at this stage if it was specified through a label in the device tree. However that is not mandatory. When it isn't, the error message looks like this: [ 5.037057] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d [ 5.044672] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d [ 5.052275] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d [ 5.059877] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d which is especially confusing since the error gets printed on behalf of the DSA master (fsl_enetc in this case). Printing an error message that contains a valid reference to the DSA port's name is difficult at this point in the initialization stage, so at least we should print some info that is more reliable, even if less user-friendly. That may be the driver name and the hardware port index. After this change, the error is printed as: [ 6.051587] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 0 [ 6.061192] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 1 [ 6.070765] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 2 [ 6.080324] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 3 Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-09-08 07:06:56 +08:00
netdev_err(slave_dev,
"error %d setting up PHY for tree %d, switch %d, port %d\n",
ret, ds->dst->index, ds->index, port->index);
net: dsa: add GRO support via gro_cells gro_cells lib is used by different encapsulating netdevices, such as geneve, macsec, vxlan etc. to speed up decapsulated traffic processing. CPU tag is a sort of "encapsulation", and we can use the same mechs to greatly improve overall DSA performance. skbs are passed to the GRO layer after removing CPU tags, so we don't need any new packet offload types as it was firstly proposed by me in the first GRO-over-DSA variant [1]. The size of struct gro_cells is sizeof(void *), so hot struct dsa_slave_priv becomes only 4/8 bytes bigger, and all critical fields remain in one 32-byte cacheline. The other positive side effect is that drivers for network devices that can be shipped as CPU ports of DSA-driven switches can now use napi_gro_frags() to pass skbs to kernel. Packets built that way are completely non-linear and are likely being dropped without GRO. This was tested on to-be-mainlined-soon Ethernet driver that uses napi_gro_frags(), and the overall performance was on par with the variant from [1], sometimes even better due to minimal overhead. net.core.gro_normal_batch tuning may help to push it to the limit on particular setups and platforms. iperf3 IPoE VLAN NAT TCP forwarding (port1.218 -> port0) setup on 1.2 GHz MIPS board: 5.7-rc2 baseline: [ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr [ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 9.00 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec 413 sender [ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 8.99 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec receiver Iface RX packets TX packets eth0 7097731 7097702 port0 426050 6671829 port1 6671681 425862 port1.218 6671677 425851 With this patch: [ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr [ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec 122 sender [ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec receiver Iface RX packets TX packets eth0 9474792 9474777 port0 455200 353288 port1 9019592 455035 port1.218 353144 455024 v2: - Add some performance examples in the commit message; - No functional changes. [1] https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20191230143028.27313-1-alobakin@dlink.ru/ Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <bloodyreaper@yandex.ru> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-04-21 21:41:08 +08:00
goto out_gcells;
}
net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings Since commit 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning: ============================================ WARNING: possible recursive locking detected 5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted -------------------------------------------- dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock: ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 but task is already holding lock: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 other info that might help us debug this: Possible unsafe locking scenario: CPU0 ---- lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); *** DEADLOCK *** May be due to missing lock nesting notation 3 locks held by dhcpcd/323: #0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30 #1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48 #2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 stack backtrace: Call trace: dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0 show_stack+0x20/0x30 dump_stack+0xec/0x158 __lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398 lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440 _raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90 dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48 __dev_open+0x10c/0x180 __dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8 dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70 devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878 inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0 sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310 sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580 ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0 __arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38 el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180 do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98 el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8 el0_sync+0x158/0x180 Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master. We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port) is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we use the same function as VLAN uses. There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice(). Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions. Fixes: 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key") Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-08 07:48:42 +08:00
rtnl_lock();
ret = register_netdevice(slave_dev);
if (ret) {
netdev_err(master, "error %d registering interface %s\n",
ret, slave_dev->name);
net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings Since commit 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning: ============================================ WARNING: possible recursive locking detected 5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted -------------------------------------------- dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock: ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 but task is already holding lock: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 other info that might help us debug this: Possible unsafe locking scenario: CPU0 ---- lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); *** DEADLOCK *** May be due to missing lock nesting notation 3 locks held by dhcpcd/323: #0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30 #1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48 #2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 stack backtrace: Call trace: dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0 show_stack+0x20/0x30 dump_stack+0xec/0x158 __lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398 lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440 _raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90 dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48 __dev_open+0x10c/0x180 __dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8 dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70 devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878 inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0 sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310 sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580 ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0 __arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38 el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180 do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98 el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8 el0_sync+0x158/0x180 Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master. We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port) is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we use the same function as VLAN uses. There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice(). Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions. Fixes: 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key") Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-08 07:48:42 +08:00
rtnl_unlock();
goto out_phy;
}
net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings Since commit 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning: ============================================ WARNING: possible recursive locking detected 5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted -------------------------------------------- dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock: ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 but task is already holding lock: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 other info that might help us debug this: Possible unsafe locking scenario: CPU0 ---- lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); *** DEADLOCK *** May be due to missing lock nesting notation 3 locks held by dhcpcd/323: #0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30 #1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48 #2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 stack backtrace: Call trace: dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0 show_stack+0x20/0x30 dump_stack+0xec/0x158 __lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398 lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440 _raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90 dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48 __dev_open+0x10c/0x180 __dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8 dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70 devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878 inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0 sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310 sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580 ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0 __arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38 el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180 do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98 el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8 el0_sync+0x158/0x180 Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master. We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port) is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we use the same function as VLAN uses. There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice(). Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions. Fixes: 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key") Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-08 07:48:42 +08:00
ret = netdev_upper_dev_link(master, slave_dev, NULL);
rtnl_unlock();
if (ret)
goto out_unregister;
return 0;
net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings Since commit 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning: ============================================ WARNING: possible recursive locking detected 5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted -------------------------------------------- dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock: ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 but task is already holding lock: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 other info that might help us debug this: Possible unsafe locking scenario: CPU0 ---- lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); *** DEADLOCK *** May be due to missing lock nesting notation 3 locks held by dhcpcd/323: #0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30 #1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48 #2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 stack backtrace: Call trace: dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0 show_stack+0x20/0x30 dump_stack+0xec/0x158 __lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398 lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440 _raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90 dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48 __dev_open+0x10c/0x180 __dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8 dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70 devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878 inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0 sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310 sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580 ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0 __arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38 el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180 do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98 el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8 el0_sync+0x158/0x180 Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master. We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port) is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we use the same function as VLAN uses. There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice(). Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions. Fixes: 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key") Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-08 07:48:42 +08:00
out_unregister:
unregister_netdev(slave_dev);
out_phy:
rtnl_lock();
phylink_disconnect_phy(p->dp->pl);
rtnl_unlock();
phylink_destroy(p->dp->pl);
net: dsa: add GRO support via gro_cells gro_cells lib is used by different encapsulating netdevices, such as geneve, macsec, vxlan etc. to speed up decapsulated traffic processing. CPU tag is a sort of "encapsulation", and we can use the same mechs to greatly improve overall DSA performance. skbs are passed to the GRO layer after removing CPU tags, so we don't need any new packet offload types as it was firstly proposed by me in the first GRO-over-DSA variant [1]. The size of struct gro_cells is sizeof(void *), so hot struct dsa_slave_priv becomes only 4/8 bytes bigger, and all critical fields remain in one 32-byte cacheline. The other positive side effect is that drivers for network devices that can be shipped as CPU ports of DSA-driven switches can now use napi_gro_frags() to pass skbs to kernel. Packets built that way are completely non-linear and are likely being dropped without GRO. This was tested on to-be-mainlined-soon Ethernet driver that uses napi_gro_frags(), and the overall performance was on par with the variant from [1], sometimes even better due to minimal overhead. net.core.gro_normal_batch tuning may help to push it to the limit on particular setups and platforms. iperf3 IPoE VLAN NAT TCP forwarding (port1.218 -> port0) setup on 1.2 GHz MIPS board: 5.7-rc2 baseline: [ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr [ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 9.00 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec 413 sender [ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 8.99 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec receiver Iface RX packets TX packets eth0 7097731 7097702 port0 426050 6671829 port1 6671681 425862 port1.218 6671677 425851 With this patch: [ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr [ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec 122 sender [ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec receiver Iface RX packets TX packets eth0 9474792 9474777 port0 455200 353288 port1 9019592 455035 port1.218 353144 455024 v2: - Add some performance examples in the commit message; - No functional changes. [1] https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20191230143028.27313-1-alobakin@dlink.ru/ Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <bloodyreaper@yandex.ru> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-04-21 21:41:08 +08:00
out_gcells:
gro_cells_destroy(&p->gcells);
out_free:
free_percpu(slave_dev->tstats);
free_netdev(slave_dev);
port->slave = NULL;
return ret;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
}
void dsa_slave_destroy(struct net_device *slave_dev)
{
net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings Since commit 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning: ============================================ WARNING: possible recursive locking detected 5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted -------------------------------------------- dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock: ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 but task is already holding lock: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 other info that might help us debug this: Possible unsafe locking scenario: CPU0 ---- lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); *** DEADLOCK *** May be due to missing lock nesting notation 3 locks held by dhcpcd/323: #0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30 #1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48 #2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 stack backtrace: Call trace: dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0 show_stack+0x20/0x30 dump_stack+0xec/0x158 __lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398 lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440 _raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90 dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48 __dev_open+0x10c/0x180 __dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8 dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70 devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878 inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0 sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310 sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580 ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0 __arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38 el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180 do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98 el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8 el0_sync+0x158/0x180 Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master. We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port) is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we use the same function as VLAN uses. There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice(). Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions. Fixes: 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key") Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-08 07:48:42 +08:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(slave_dev);
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(slave_dev);
netif_carrier_off(slave_dev);
rtnl_lock();
net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings Since commit 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning: ============================================ WARNING: possible recursive locking detected 5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted -------------------------------------------- dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock: ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 but task is already holding lock: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 other info that might help us debug this: Possible unsafe locking scenario: CPU0 ---- lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); *** DEADLOCK *** May be due to missing lock nesting notation 3 locks held by dhcpcd/323: #0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30 #1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48 #2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 stack backtrace: Call trace: dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0 show_stack+0x20/0x30 dump_stack+0xec/0x158 __lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398 lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440 _raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90 dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48 __dev_open+0x10c/0x180 __dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8 dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70 devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878 inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0 sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310 sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580 ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0 __arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38 el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180 do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98 el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8 el0_sync+0x158/0x180 Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master. We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port) is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we use the same function as VLAN uses. There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice(). Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions. Fixes: 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key") Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-08 07:48:42 +08:00
netdev_upper_dev_unlink(master, slave_dev);
unregister_netdevice(slave_dev);
phylink_disconnect_phy(dp->pl);
rtnl_unlock();
phylink_destroy(dp->pl);
net: dsa: add GRO support via gro_cells gro_cells lib is used by different encapsulating netdevices, such as geneve, macsec, vxlan etc. to speed up decapsulated traffic processing. CPU tag is a sort of "encapsulation", and we can use the same mechs to greatly improve overall DSA performance. skbs are passed to the GRO layer after removing CPU tags, so we don't need any new packet offload types as it was firstly proposed by me in the first GRO-over-DSA variant [1]. The size of struct gro_cells is sizeof(void *), so hot struct dsa_slave_priv becomes only 4/8 bytes bigger, and all critical fields remain in one 32-byte cacheline. The other positive side effect is that drivers for network devices that can be shipped as CPU ports of DSA-driven switches can now use napi_gro_frags() to pass skbs to kernel. Packets built that way are completely non-linear and are likely being dropped without GRO. This was tested on to-be-mainlined-soon Ethernet driver that uses napi_gro_frags(), and the overall performance was on par with the variant from [1], sometimes even better due to minimal overhead. net.core.gro_normal_batch tuning may help to push it to the limit on particular setups and platforms. iperf3 IPoE VLAN NAT TCP forwarding (port1.218 -> port0) setup on 1.2 GHz MIPS board: 5.7-rc2 baseline: [ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr [ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 9.00 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec 413 sender [ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 8.99 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec receiver Iface RX packets TX packets eth0 7097731 7097702 port0 426050 6671829 port1 6671681 425862 port1.218 6671677 425851 With this patch: [ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr [ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec 122 sender [ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec receiver Iface RX packets TX packets eth0 9474792 9474777 port0 455200 353288 port1 9019592 455035 port1.218 353144 455024 v2: - Add some performance examples in the commit message; - No functional changes. [1] https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20191230143028.27313-1-alobakin@dlink.ru/ Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <bloodyreaper@yandex.ru> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-04-21 21:41:08 +08:00
gro_cells_destroy(&p->gcells);
free_percpu(slave_dev->tstats);
free_netdev(slave_dev);
}
bool dsa_slave_dev_check(const struct net_device *dev)
{
return dev->netdev_ops == &dsa_slave_netdev_ops;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(dsa_slave_dev_check);
static int dsa_slave_changeupper(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack;
int err = NOTIFY_DONE;
extack = netdev_notifier_info_to_extack(&info->info);
if (netif_is_bridge_master(info->upper_dev)) {
if (info->linking) {
err = dsa_port_bridge_join(dp, info->upper_dev, extack);
net: dsa: implement auto-normalization of MTU for bridge hardware datapath Many switches don't have an explicit knob for configuring the MTU (maximum transmission unit per interface). Instead, they do the length-based packet admission checks on the ingress interface, for reasons that are easy to understand (why would you accept a packet in the queuing subsystem if you know you're going to drop it anyway). So it is actually the MRU that these switches permit configuring. In Linux there only exists the IFLA_MTU netlink attribute and the associated dev_set_mtu function. The comments like to play blind and say that it's changing the "maximum transfer unit", which is to say that there isn't any directionality in the meaning of the MTU word. So that is the interpretation that this patch is giving to things: MTU == MRU. When 2 interfaces having different MTUs are bridged, the bridge driver MTU auto-adjustment logic kicks in: what br_mtu_auto_adjust() does is it adjusts the MTU of the bridge net device itself (and not that of the slave net devices) to the minimum value of all slave interfaces, in order for forwarded packets to not exceed the MTU regardless of the interface they are received and send on. The idea behind this behavior, and why the slave MTUs are not adjusted, is that normal termination from Linux over the L2 forwarding domain should happen over the bridge net device, which _is_ properly limited by the minimum MTU. And termination over individual slave devices is possible even if those are bridged. But that is not "forwarding", so there's no reason to do normalization there, since only a single interface sees that packet. The problem with those switches that can only control the MRU is with the offloaded data path, where a packet received on an interface with MRU 9000 would still be forwarded to an interface with MRU 1500. And the br_mtu_auto_adjust() function does not really help, since the MTU configured on the bridge net device is ignored. In order to enforce the de-facto MTU == MRU rule for these switches, we need to do MTU normalization, which means: in order for no packet larger than the MTU configured on this port to be sent, then we need to limit the MRU on all ports that this packet could possibly come from. AKA since we are configuring the MRU via MTU, it means that all ports within a bridge forwarding domain should have the same MTU. And that is exactly what this patch is trying to do. >From an implementation perspective, we try to follow the intent of the user, otherwise there is a risk that we might livelock them (they try to change the MTU on an already-bridged interface, but we just keep changing it back in an attempt to keep the MTU normalized). So the MTU that the bridge is normalized to is either: - The most recently changed one: ip link set dev swp0 master br0 ip link set dev swp1 master br0 ip link set dev swp0 mtu 1400 This sequence will make swp1 inherit MTU 1400 from swp0. - The one of the most recently added interface to the bridge: ip link set dev swp0 master br0 ip link set dev swp1 mtu 1400 ip link set dev swp1 master br0 The above sequence will make swp0 inherit MTU 1400 as well. Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:43 +08:00
if (!err)
dsa_bridge_mtu_normalization(dp);
err = notifier_from_errno(err);
} else {
dsa_port_bridge_leave(dp, info->upper_dev);
err = NOTIFY_OK;
}
} else if (netif_is_lag_master(info->upper_dev)) {
if (info->linking) {
err = dsa_port_lag_join(dp, info->upper_dev,
info->upper_info, extack);
if (err == -EOPNOTSUPP) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(info->info.extack,
"Offloading not supported");
err = 0;
}
err = notifier_from_errno(err);
} else {
dsa_port_lag_leave(dp, info->upper_dev);
err = NOTIFY_OK;
}
} else if (is_hsr_master(info->upper_dev)) {
if (info->linking) {
err = dsa_port_hsr_join(dp, info->upper_dev);
if (err == -EOPNOTSUPP) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(info->info.extack,
"Offloading not supported");
err = 0;
}
err = notifier_from_errno(err);
} else {
dsa_port_hsr_leave(dp, info->upper_dev);
err = NOTIFY_OK;
}
}
return err;
}
static int
dsa_slave_lag_changeupper(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
{
struct net_device *lower;
struct list_head *iter;
int err = NOTIFY_DONE;
struct dsa_port *dp;
netdev_for_each_lower_dev(dev, lower, iter) {
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(lower))
continue;
dp = dsa_slave_to_port(lower);
if (!dp->lag_dev)
/* Software LAG */
continue;
err = dsa_slave_changeupper(lower, info);
if (notifier_to_errno(err))
break;
}
return err;
}
static int
dsa_prevent_bridging_8021q_upper(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
{
struct netlink_ext_ack *ext_ack;
struct net_device *slave;
struct dsa_port *dp;
ext_ack = netdev_notifier_info_to_extack(&info->info);
if (!is_vlan_dev(dev))
return NOTIFY_DONE;
slave = vlan_dev_real_dev(dev);
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(slave))
return NOTIFY_DONE;
dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave);
if (!dp->bridge_dev)
return NOTIFY_DONE;
/* Deny enslaving a VLAN device into a VLAN-aware bridge */
if (br_vlan_enabled(dp->bridge_dev) &&
netif_is_bridge_master(info->upper_dev) && info->linking) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(ext_ack,
"Cannot enslave VLAN device into VLAN aware bridge");
return notifier_from_errno(-EINVAL);
}
return NOTIFY_DONE;
}
static int
dsa_slave_check_8021q_upper(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct net_device *br = dp->bridge_dev;
struct bridge_vlan_info br_info;
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack;
int err = NOTIFY_DONE;
u16 vid;
if (!br || !br_vlan_enabled(br))
return NOTIFY_DONE;
extack = netdev_notifier_info_to_extack(&info->info);
vid = vlan_dev_vlan_id(info->upper_dev);
/* br_vlan_get_info() returns -EINVAL or -ENOENT if the
* device, respectively the VID is not found, returning
* 0 means success, which is a failure for us here.
*/
err = br_vlan_get_info(br, vid, &br_info);
if (err == 0) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
"This VLAN is already configured by the bridge");
return notifier_from_errno(-EBUSY);
}
return NOTIFY_DONE;
}
static int dsa_slave_netdevice_event(struct notifier_block *nb,
unsigned long event, void *ptr)
{
struct net_device *dev = netdev_notifier_info_to_dev(ptr);
switch (event) {
case NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER: {
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info = ptr;
struct dsa_switch *ds;
struct dsa_port *dp;
int err;
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(dev))
return dsa_prevent_bridging_8021q_upper(dev, ptr);
dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
ds = dp->ds;
if (ds->ops->port_prechangeupper) {
err = ds->ops->port_prechangeupper(ds, dp->index, info);
if (err)
return notifier_from_errno(err);
}
if (is_vlan_dev(info->upper_dev))
return dsa_slave_check_8021q_upper(dev, ptr);
break;
}
case NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER:
if (dsa_slave_dev_check(dev))
return dsa_slave_changeupper(dev, ptr);
if (netif_is_lag_master(dev))
return dsa_slave_lag_changeupper(dev, ptr);
break;
case NETDEV_CHANGELOWERSTATE: {
struct netdev_notifier_changelowerstate_info *info = ptr;
struct dsa_port *dp;
int err;
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(dev))
break;
dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
err = dsa_port_lag_change(dp, info->lower_state_info);
return notifier_from_errno(err);
}
net: dsa: automatically bring user ports down when master goes down This is not fixing any actual bug that I know of, but having a DSA interface that is up even when its lower (master) interface is down is one of those things that just do not sound right. Yes, DSA checks if the master is up before actually bringing the user interface up, but nobody prevents bringing the master interface down immediately afterwards... Then the user ports would attempt dev_queue_xmit on an interface that is down, and wonder what's wrong. This patch prevents that from happening. NETDEV_GOING_DOWN is the notification emitted _before_ the master actually goes down, and we are protected by the rtnl_mutex, so all is well. For those of you reading this because you were doing switch testing such as latency measurements for autonomously forwarded traffic, and you needed a controlled environment with no extra packets sent by the network stack, this patch breaks that, because now the user ports go down too, which may shut down the PHY etc. But please don't do it like that, just do instead: tc qdisc add dev eno2 clsact tc filter add dev eno2 egress flower action drop Tested with two cascaded DSA switches: $ ip link set eno2 down sja1105 spi2.0 sw0p2: Link is Down mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: Link is Down fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eno2: Link is Down Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-02-05 21:37:11 +08:00
case NETDEV_GOING_DOWN: {
struct dsa_port *dp, *cpu_dp;
struct dsa_switch_tree *dst;
LIST_HEAD(close_list);
if (!netdev_uses_dsa(dev))
return NOTIFY_DONE;
cpu_dp = dev->dsa_ptr;
dst = cpu_dp->ds->dst;
list_for_each_entry(dp, &dst->ports, list) {
if (!dsa_is_user_port(dp->ds, dp->index))
continue;
list_add(&dp->slave->close_list, &close_list);
}
dev_close_many(&close_list, true);
return NOTIFY_OK;
}
default:
break;
}
return NOTIFY_DONE;
}
static void
dsa_fdb_offload_notify(struct dsa_switchdev_event_work *switchdev_work)
{
struct dsa_switch *ds = switchdev_work->ds;
struct switchdev_notifier_fdb_info info;
struct dsa_port *dp;
if (!dsa_is_user_port(ds, switchdev_work->port))
return;
info.addr = switchdev_work->addr;
info.vid = switchdev_work->vid;
info.offloaded = true;
dp = dsa_to_port(ds, switchdev_work->port);
call_switchdev_notifiers(SWITCHDEV_FDB_OFFLOADED,
dp->slave, &info.info, NULL);
}
static void dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work(struct work_struct *work)
{
struct dsa_switchdev_event_work *switchdev_work =
container_of(work, struct dsa_switchdev_event_work, work);
struct dsa_switch *ds = switchdev_work->ds;
struct dsa_port *dp;
int err;
dp = dsa_to_port(ds, switchdev_work->port);
rtnl_lock();
switch (switchdev_work->event) {
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE:
err = dsa_port_fdb_add(dp, switchdev_work->addr,
switchdev_work->vid);
if (err) {
dev_err(ds->dev,
"port %d failed to add %pM vid %d to fdb: %d\n",
dp->index, switchdev_work->addr,
switchdev_work->vid, err);
break;
}
dsa_fdb_offload_notify(switchdev_work);
break;
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL_TO_DEVICE:
err = dsa_port_fdb_del(dp, switchdev_work->addr,
switchdev_work->vid);
if (err) {
dev_err(ds->dev,
"port %d failed to delete %pM vid %d from fdb: %d\n",
dp->index, switchdev_work->addr,
switchdev_work->vid, err);
}
break;
}
rtnl_unlock();
kfree(switchdev_work);
if (dsa_is_user_port(ds, dp->index))
dev_put(dp->slave);
}
net: dsa: listen for SWITCHDEV_{FDB,DEL}_ADD_TO_DEVICE on foreign bridge neighbors Some DSA switches (and not only) cannot learn source MAC addresses from packets injected from the CPU. They only perform hardware address learning from inbound traffic. This can be problematic when we have a bridge spanning some DSA switch ports and some non-DSA ports (which we'll call "foreign interfaces" from DSA's perspective). There are 2 classes of problems created by the lack of learning on CPU-injected traffic: - excessive flooding, due to the fact that DSA treats those addresses as unknown - the risk of stale routes, which can lead to temporary packet loss To illustrate the second class, consider the following situation, which is common in production equipment (wireless access points, where there is a WLAN interface and an Ethernet switch, and these form a single bridging domain). AP 1: +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | ^ ^ | | | | | | | Client A Client B | | | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ AP 2 - br0 of AP 1 will know that Clients A and B are reachable via wlan0 - the hardware fdb of a DSA switch driver today is not kept in sync with the software entries on other bridge ports, so it will not know that clients A and B are reachable via the CPU port UNLESS the hardware switch itself performs SA learning from traffic injected from the CPU. Nonetheless, a substantial number of switches don't. - the hardware fdb of the DSA switch on AP 2 may autonomously learn that Client A and B are reachable through swp0. Therefore, the software br0 of AP 2 also may or may not learn this. In the example we're illustrating, some Ethernet traffic has been going on, and br0 from AP 2 has indeed learnt that it can reach Client B through swp0. One of the wireless clients, say Client B, disconnects from AP 1 and roams to AP 2. The topology now looks like this: AP 1: +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | ^ | | | Client A | | | Client B | | | v +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ AP 2 - br0 of AP 1 still knows that Client A is reachable via wlan0 (no change) - br0 of AP 1 will (possibly) know that Client B has left wlan0. There are cases where it might never find out though. Either way, DSA today does not process that notification in any way. - the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 1 may learn autonomously that Client B can be reached via swp0, if it receives any packet with Client 1's source MAC address over Ethernet. - the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 2 still thinks that Client B can be reached via swp0. It does not know that it has roamed to wlan0, because it doesn't perform SA learning from the CPU port. Now Client A contacts Client B. AP 1 routes the packet fine towards swp0 and delivers it on the Ethernet segment. AP 2 sees a frame on swp0 and its fdb says that the destination is swp0. Hairpinning is disabled => drop. This problem comes from the fact that these switches have a 'blind spot' for addresses coming from software bridging. The generic solution is not to assume that hardware learning can be enabled somehow, but to listen to more bridge learning events. It turns out that the bridge driver does learn in software from all inbound frames, in __br_handle_local_finish. A proper SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE notification is emitted for the addresses serviced by the bridge on 'foreign' interfaces. The software bridge also does the right thing on migration, by notifying that the old entry is deleted, so that does not need to be special-cased in DSA. When it is deleted, we just need to delete our static FDB entry towards the CPU too, and wait. The problem is that DSA currently only cares about SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE events received on its own interfaces, such as static FDB entries. Luckily we can change that, and DSA can listen to all switchdev FDB add/del events in the system and figure out if those events were emitted by a bridge that spans at least one of DSA's own ports. In case that is true, DSA will also offload that address towards its own CPU port, in the eventuality that there might be bridge clients attached to the DSA switch who want to talk to the station connected to the foreign interface. In terms of implementation, we need to keep the fdb_info->added_by_user check for the case where the switchdev event was targeted directly at a DSA switch port. But we don't need to look at that flag for snooped events. So the check is currently too late, we need to move it earlier. This also simplifies the code a bit, since we avoid uselessly allocating and freeing switchdev_work. We could probably do some improvements in the future. For example, multi-bridge support is rudimentary at the moment. If there are two bridges spanning a DSA switch's ports, and both of them need to service the same MAC address, then what will happen is that the migration of one of those stations will trigger the deletion of the FDB entry from the CPU port while it is still used by other bridge. That could be improved with reference counting but is left for another time. This behavior needs to be enabled at driver level by setting ds->assisted_learning_on_cpu_port = true. This is because we don't want to inflict a potential performance penalty (accesses through MDIO/I2C/SPI are expensive) to hardware that really doesn't need it because address learning on the CPU port works there. Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 17:51:35 +08:00
static int dsa_lower_dev_walk(struct net_device *lower_dev,
struct netdev_nested_priv *priv)
{
if (dsa_slave_dev_check(lower_dev)) {
priv->data = (void *)netdev_priv(lower_dev);
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
static struct dsa_slave_priv *dsa_slave_dev_lower_find(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct netdev_nested_priv priv = {
.data = NULL,
};
netdev_walk_all_lower_dev_rcu(dev, dsa_lower_dev_walk, &priv);
return (struct dsa_slave_priv *)priv.data;
}
/* Called under rcu_read_lock() */
static int dsa_slave_switchdev_event(struct notifier_block *unused,
unsigned long event, void *ptr)
{
struct net_device *dev = switchdev_notifier_info_to_dev(ptr);
const struct switchdev_notifier_fdb_info *fdb_info;
struct dsa_switchdev_event_work *switchdev_work;
struct dsa_port *dp;
int err;
switch (event) {
case SWITCHDEV_PORT_ATTR_SET:
err = switchdev_handle_port_attr_set(dev, ptr,
dsa_slave_dev_check,
dsa_slave_port_attr_set);
return notifier_from_errno(err);
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE:
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL_TO_DEVICE:
net: dsa: listen for SWITCHDEV_{FDB,DEL}_ADD_TO_DEVICE on foreign bridge neighbors Some DSA switches (and not only) cannot learn source MAC addresses from packets injected from the CPU. They only perform hardware address learning from inbound traffic. This can be problematic when we have a bridge spanning some DSA switch ports and some non-DSA ports (which we'll call "foreign interfaces" from DSA's perspective). There are 2 classes of problems created by the lack of learning on CPU-injected traffic: - excessive flooding, due to the fact that DSA treats those addresses as unknown - the risk of stale routes, which can lead to temporary packet loss To illustrate the second class, consider the following situation, which is common in production equipment (wireless access points, where there is a WLAN interface and an Ethernet switch, and these form a single bridging domain). AP 1: +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | ^ ^ | | | | | | | Client A Client B | | | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ AP 2 - br0 of AP 1 will know that Clients A and B are reachable via wlan0 - the hardware fdb of a DSA switch driver today is not kept in sync with the software entries on other bridge ports, so it will not know that clients A and B are reachable via the CPU port UNLESS the hardware switch itself performs SA learning from traffic injected from the CPU. Nonetheless, a substantial number of switches don't. - the hardware fdb of the DSA switch on AP 2 may autonomously learn that Client A and B are reachable through swp0. Therefore, the software br0 of AP 2 also may or may not learn this. In the example we're illustrating, some Ethernet traffic has been going on, and br0 from AP 2 has indeed learnt that it can reach Client B through swp0. One of the wireless clients, say Client B, disconnects from AP 1 and roams to AP 2. The topology now looks like this: AP 1: +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | ^ | | | Client A | | | Client B | | | v +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ AP 2 - br0 of AP 1 still knows that Client A is reachable via wlan0 (no change) - br0 of AP 1 will (possibly) know that Client B has left wlan0. There are cases where it might never find out though. Either way, DSA today does not process that notification in any way. - the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 1 may learn autonomously that Client B can be reached via swp0, if it receives any packet with Client 1's source MAC address over Ethernet. - the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 2 still thinks that Client B can be reached via swp0. It does not know that it has roamed to wlan0, because it doesn't perform SA learning from the CPU port. Now Client A contacts Client B. AP 1 routes the packet fine towards swp0 and delivers it on the Ethernet segment. AP 2 sees a frame on swp0 and its fdb says that the destination is swp0. Hairpinning is disabled => drop. This problem comes from the fact that these switches have a 'blind spot' for addresses coming from software bridging. The generic solution is not to assume that hardware learning can be enabled somehow, but to listen to more bridge learning events. It turns out that the bridge driver does learn in software from all inbound frames, in __br_handle_local_finish. A proper SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE notification is emitted for the addresses serviced by the bridge on 'foreign' interfaces. The software bridge also does the right thing on migration, by notifying that the old entry is deleted, so that does not need to be special-cased in DSA. When it is deleted, we just need to delete our static FDB entry towards the CPU too, and wait. The problem is that DSA currently only cares about SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE events received on its own interfaces, such as static FDB entries. Luckily we can change that, and DSA can listen to all switchdev FDB add/del events in the system and figure out if those events were emitted by a bridge that spans at least one of DSA's own ports. In case that is true, DSA will also offload that address towards its own CPU port, in the eventuality that there might be bridge clients attached to the DSA switch who want to talk to the station connected to the foreign interface. In terms of implementation, we need to keep the fdb_info->added_by_user check for the case where the switchdev event was targeted directly at a DSA switch port. But we don't need to look at that flag for snooped events. So the check is currently too late, we need to move it earlier. This also simplifies the code a bit, since we avoid uselessly allocating and freeing switchdev_work. We could probably do some improvements in the future. For example, multi-bridge support is rudimentary at the moment. If there are two bridges spanning a DSA switch's ports, and both of them need to service the same MAC address, then what will happen is that the migration of one of those stations will trigger the deletion of the FDB entry from the CPU port while it is still used by other bridge. That could be improved with reference counting but is left for another time. This behavior needs to be enabled at driver level by setting ds->assisted_learning_on_cpu_port = true. This is because we don't want to inflict a potential performance penalty (accesses through MDIO/I2C/SPI are expensive) to hardware that really doesn't need it because address learning on the CPU port works there. Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 17:51:35 +08:00
fdb_info = ptr;
net: dsa: listen for SWITCHDEV_{FDB,DEL}_ADD_TO_DEVICE on foreign bridge neighbors Some DSA switches (and not only) cannot learn source MAC addresses from packets injected from the CPU. They only perform hardware address learning from inbound traffic. This can be problematic when we have a bridge spanning some DSA switch ports and some non-DSA ports (which we'll call "foreign interfaces" from DSA's perspective). There are 2 classes of problems created by the lack of learning on CPU-injected traffic: - excessive flooding, due to the fact that DSA treats those addresses as unknown - the risk of stale routes, which can lead to temporary packet loss To illustrate the second class, consider the following situation, which is common in production equipment (wireless access points, where there is a WLAN interface and an Ethernet switch, and these form a single bridging domain). AP 1: +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | ^ ^ | | | | | | | Client A Client B | | | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ AP 2 - br0 of AP 1 will know that Clients A and B are reachable via wlan0 - the hardware fdb of a DSA switch driver today is not kept in sync with the software entries on other bridge ports, so it will not know that clients A and B are reachable via the CPU port UNLESS the hardware switch itself performs SA learning from traffic injected from the CPU. Nonetheless, a substantial number of switches don't. - the hardware fdb of the DSA switch on AP 2 may autonomously learn that Client A and B are reachable through swp0. Therefore, the software br0 of AP 2 also may or may not learn this. In the example we're illustrating, some Ethernet traffic has been going on, and br0 from AP 2 has indeed learnt that it can reach Client B through swp0. One of the wireless clients, say Client B, disconnects from AP 1 and roams to AP 2. The topology now looks like this: AP 1: +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | ^ | | | Client A | | | Client B | | | v +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ AP 2 - br0 of AP 1 still knows that Client A is reachable via wlan0 (no change) - br0 of AP 1 will (possibly) know that Client B has left wlan0. There are cases where it might never find out though. Either way, DSA today does not process that notification in any way. - the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 1 may learn autonomously that Client B can be reached via swp0, if it receives any packet with Client 1's source MAC address over Ethernet. - the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 2 still thinks that Client B can be reached via swp0. It does not know that it has roamed to wlan0, because it doesn't perform SA learning from the CPU port. Now Client A contacts Client B. AP 1 routes the packet fine towards swp0 and delivers it on the Ethernet segment. AP 2 sees a frame on swp0 and its fdb says that the destination is swp0. Hairpinning is disabled => drop. This problem comes from the fact that these switches have a 'blind spot' for addresses coming from software bridging. The generic solution is not to assume that hardware learning can be enabled somehow, but to listen to more bridge learning events. It turns out that the bridge driver does learn in software from all inbound frames, in __br_handle_local_finish. A proper SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE notification is emitted for the addresses serviced by the bridge on 'foreign' interfaces. The software bridge also does the right thing on migration, by notifying that the old entry is deleted, so that does not need to be special-cased in DSA. When it is deleted, we just need to delete our static FDB entry towards the CPU too, and wait. The problem is that DSA currently only cares about SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE events received on its own interfaces, such as static FDB entries. Luckily we can change that, and DSA can listen to all switchdev FDB add/del events in the system and figure out if those events were emitted by a bridge that spans at least one of DSA's own ports. In case that is true, DSA will also offload that address towards its own CPU port, in the eventuality that there might be bridge clients attached to the DSA switch who want to talk to the station connected to the foreign interface. In terms of implementation, we need to keep the fdb_info->added_by_user check for the case where the switchdev event was targeted directly at a DSA switch port. But we don't need to look at that flag for snooped events. So the check is currently too late, we need to move it earlier. This also simplifies the code a bit, since we avoid uselessly allocating and freeing switchdev_work. We could probably do some improvements in the future. For example, multi-bridge support is rudimentary at the moment. If there are two bridges spanning a DSA switch's ports, and both of them need to service the same MAC address, then what will happen is that the migration of one of those stations will trigger the deletion of the FDB entry from the CPU port while it is still used by other bridge. That could be improved with reference counting but is left for another time. This behavior needs to be enabled at driver level by setting ds->assisted_learning_on_cpu_port = true. This is because we don't want to inflict a potential performance penalty (accesses through MDIO/I2C/SPI are expensive) to hardware that really doesn't need it because address learning on the CPU port works there. Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 17:51:35 +08:00
if (dsa_slave_dev_check(dev)) {
if (!fdb_info->added_by_user || fdb_info->is_local)
net: dsa: listen for SWITCHDEV_{FDB,DEL}_ADD_TO_DEVICE on foreign bridge neighbors Some DSA switches (and not only) cannot learn source MAC addresses from packets injected from the CPU. They only perform hardware address learning from inbound traffic. This can be problematic when we have a bridge spanning some DSA switch ports and some non-DSA ports (which we'll call "foreign interfaces" from DSA's perspective). There are 2 classes of problems created by the lack of learning on CPU-injected traffic: - excessive flooding, due to the fact that DSA treats those addresses as unknown - the risk of stale routes, which can lead to temporary packet loss To illustrate the second class, consider the following situation, which is common in production equipment (wireless access points, where there is a WLAN interface and an Ethernet switch, and these form a single bridging domain). AP 1: +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | ^ ^ | | | | | | | Client A Client B | | | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ AP 2 - br0 of AP 1 will know that Clients A and B are reachable via wlan0 - the hardware fdb of a DSA switch driver today is not kept in sync with the software entries on other bridge ports, so it will not know that clients A and B are reachable via the CPU port UNLESS the hardware switch itself performs SA learning from traffic injected from the CPU. Nonetheless, a substantial number of switches don't. - the hardware fdb of the DSA switch on AP 2 may autonomously learn that Client A and B are reachable through swp0. Therefore, the software br0 of AP 2 also may or may not learn this. In the example we're illustrating, some Ethernet traffic has been going on, and br0 from AP 2 has indeed learnt that it can reach Client B through swp0. One of the wireless clients, say Client B, disconnects from AP 1 and roams to AP 2. The topology now looks like this: AP 1: +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | ^ | | | Client A | | | Client B | | | v +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ AP 2 - br0 of AP 1 still knows that Client A is reachable via wlan0 (no change) - br0 of AP 1 will (possibly) know that Client B has left wlan0. There are cases where it might never find out though. Either way, DSA today does not process that notification in any way. - the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 1 may learn autonomously that Client B can be reached via swp0, if it receives any packet with Client 1's source MAC address over Ethernet. - the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 2 still thinks that Client B can be reached via swp0. It does not know that it has roamed to wlan0, because it doesn't perform SA learning from the CPU port. Now Client A contacts Client B. AP 1 routes the packet fine towards swp0 and delivers it on the Ethernet segment. AP 2 sees a frame on swp0 and its fdb says that the destination is swp0. Hairpinning is disabled => drop. This problem comes from the fact that these switches have a 'blind spot' for addresses coming from software bridging. The generic solution is not to assume that hardware learning can be enabled somehow, but to listen to more bridge learning events. It turns out that the bridge driver does learn in software from all inbound frames, in __br_handle_local_finish. A proper SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE notification is emitted for the addresses serviced by the bridge on 'foreign' interfaces. The software bridge also does the right thing on migration, by notifying that the old entry is deleted, so that does not need to be special-cased in DSA. When it is deleted, we just need to delete our static FDB entry towards the CPU too, and wait. The problem is that DSA currently only cares about SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE events received on its own interfaces, such as static FDB entries. Luckily we can change that, and DSA can listen to all switchdev FDB add/del events in the system and figure out if those events were emitted by a bridge that spans at least one of DSA's own ports. In case that is true, DSA will also offload that address towards its own CPU port, in the eventuality that there might be bridge clients attached to the DSA switch who want to talk to the station connected to the foreign interface. In terms of implementation, we need to keep the fdb_info->added_by_user check for the case where the switchdev event was targeted directly at a DSA switch port. But we don't need to look at that flag for snooped events. So the check is currently too late, we need to move it earlier. This also simplifies the code a bit, since we avoid uselessly allocating and freeing switchdev_work. We could probably do some improvements in the future. For example, multi-bridge support is rudimentary at the moment. If there are two bridges spanning a DSA switch's ports, and both of them need to service the same MAC address, then what will happen is that the migration of one of those stations will trigger the deletion of the FDB entry from the CPU port while it is still used by other bridge. That could be improved with reference counting but is left for another time. This behavior needs to be enabled at driver level by setting ds->assisted_learning_on_cpu_port = true. This is because we don't want to inflict a potential performance penalty (accesses through MDIO/I2C/SPI are expensive) to hardware that really doesn't need it because address learning on the CPU port works there. Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 17:51:35 +08:00
return NOTIFY_OK;
dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
} else {
/* Snoop addresses learnt on foreign interfaces
* bridged with us, for switches that don't
* automatically learn SA from CPU-injected traffic
*/
struct net_device *br_dev;
struct dsa_slave_priv *p;
br_dev = netdev_master_upper_dev_get_rcu(dev);
if (!br_dev)
return NOTIFY_DONE;
if (!netif_is_bridge_master(br_dev))
return NOTIFY_DONE;
p = dsa_slave_dev_lower_find(br_dev);
if (!p)
return NOTIFY_DONE;
dp = p->dp->cpu_dp;
if (!dp->ds->assisted_learning_on_cpu_port)
return NOTIFY_DONE;
net: dsa: make assisted_learning_on_cpu_port bypass offloaded LAG interfaces Given the following topology, and focusing only on Box A: Box A +----------------------------------+ | Board 1 br0 | | +---------+ | | / \ | | | | | | | bond0 | | | +-----+ | |192.168.1.1 | / \ | | eno0 swp0 swp1 swp2 | +---|--------|-------|-------|-----+ | | | | +--------+ | | Cable | | Cable| |Cable Cable | | +--------+ | | | | | | +---|--------|-------|-------|-----+ | eno0 swp0 swp1 swp2 | |192.168.1.2 | \ / | | | +-----+ | | | bond0 | | | | | | \ / | | +---------+ | | Board 2 br0 | +----------------------------------+ Box B The assisted_learning_on_cpu_port logic will see that swp0 is bridged with a "foreign interface" (bond0) and will therefore install all addresses learnt by the software bridge towards bond0 (including the address of eno0 on Box B) as static addresses towards the CPU port. But that's not what we want - bond0 is not really a "foreign interface" but one we can offload including L2 forwarding from/towards it. So we need to refine our logic for assisted learning such that, whenever we see an address learnt on a non-DSA interface, we search through the tree for any port that offloads that non-DSA interface. Some confusion might arise as to why we search through the whole tree instead of just the local switch returned by dsa_slave_dev_lower_find. Or a different angle of the same confusion: why does dsa_slave_dev_lower_find(br_dev) return a single dp that's under br_dev instead of the whole list of bridged DSA ports? To answer the second question, it should be enough to install the static FDB entry on the CPU port of a single switch in the tree, because dsa_port_fdb_add uses DSA_NOTIFIER_FDB_ADD which ensures that all other switches in the tree get notified of that address, and add the entry themselves using dsa_towards_port(). This should help understand the answer to the first question: the port returned by dsa_slave_dev_lower_find may not be on the same switch as the ports that offload the LAG. Nonetheless, if the driver implements .crosschip_lag_join and .crosschip_bridge_join as mv88e6xxx does, there still isn't any reason for trapping addresses learnt on the remote LAG towards the CPU, and we should prevent that. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-02-06 06:02:20 +08:00
/* When the bridge learns an address on an offloaded
* LAG we don't want to send traffic to the CPU, the
* other ports bridged with the LAG should be able to
* autonomously forward towards it.
*/
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3). ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 ip link set swp3 master br0 bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in a way in which we shouldn't. The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself, "does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute / object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge), and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port). In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards the CPU port). Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored") Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
if (dsa_tree_offloads_bridge_port(dp->ds->dst, dev))
net: dsa: make assisted_learning_on_cpu_port bypass offloaded LAG interfaces Given the following topology, and focusing only on Box A: Box A +----------------------------------+ | Board 1 br0 | | +---------+ | | / \ | | | | | | | bond0 | | | +-----+ | |192.168.1.1 | / \ | | eno0 swp0 swp1 swp2 | +---|--------|-------|-------|-----+ | | | | +--------+ | | Cable | | Cable| |Cable Cable | | +--------+ | | | | | | +---|--------|-------|-------|-----+ | eno0 swp0 swp1 swp2 | |192.168.1.2 | \ / | | | +-----+ | | | bond0 | | | | | | \ / | | +---------+ | | Board 2 br0 | +----------------------------------+ Box B The assisted_learning_on_cpu_port logic will see that swp0 is bridged with a "foreign interface" (bond0) and will therefore install all addresses learnt by the software bridge towards bond0 (including the address of eno0 on Box B) as static addresses towards the CPU port. But that's not what we want - bond0 is not really a "foreign interface" but one we can offload including L2 forwarding from/towards it. So we need to refine our logic for assisted learning such that, whenever we see an address learnt on a non-DSA interface, we search through the tree for any port that offloads that non-DSA interface. Some confusion might arise as to why we search through the whole tree instead of just the local switch returned by dsa_slave_dev_lower_find. Or a different angle of the same confusion: why does dsa_slave_dev_lower_find(br_dev) return a single dp that's under br_dev instead of the whole list of bridged DSA ports? To answer the second question, it should be enough to install the static FDB entry on the CPU port of a single switch in the tree, because dsa_port_fdb_add uses DSA_NOTIFIER_FDB_ADD which ensures that all other switches in the tree get notified of that address, and add the entry themselves using dsa_towards_port(). This should help understand the answer to the first question: the port returned by dsa_slave_dev_lower_find may not be on the same switch as the ports that offload the LAG. Nonetheless, if the driver implements .crosschip_lag_join and .crosschip_bridge_join as mv88e6xxx does, there still isn't any reason for trapping addresses learnt on the remote LAG towards the CPU, and we should prevent that. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-02-06 06:02:20 +08:00
return NOTIFY_DONE;
net: dsa: listen for SWITCHDEV_{FDB,DEL}_ADD_TO_DEVICE on foreign bridge neighbors Some DSA switches (and not only) cannot learn source MAC addresses from packets injected from the CPU. They only perform hardware address learning from inbound traffic. This can be problematic when we have a bridge spanning some DSA switch ports and some non-DSA ports (which we'll call "foreign interfaces" from DSA's perspective). There are 2 classes of problems created by the lack of learning on CPU-injected traffic: - excessive flooding, due to the fact that DSA treats those addresses as unknown - the risk of stale routes, which can lead to temporary packet loss To illustrate the second class, consider the following situation, which is common in production equipment (wireless access points, where there is a WLAN interface and an Ethernet switch, and these form a single bridging domain). AP 1: +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | ^ ^ | | | | | | | Client A Client B | | | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ AP 2 - br0 of AP 1 will know that Clients A and B are reachable via wlan0 - the hardware fdb of a DSA switch driver today is not kept in sync with the software entries on other bridge ports, so it will not know that clients A and B are reachable via the CPU port UNLESS the hardware switch itself performs SA learning from traffic injected from the CPU. Nonetheless, a substantial number of switches don't. - the hardware fdb of the DSA switch on AP 2 may autonomously learn that Client A and B are reachable through swp0. Therefore, the software br0 of AP 2 also may or may not learn this. In the example we're illustrating, some Ethernet traffic has been going on, and br0 from AP 2 has indeed learnt that it can reach Client B through swp0. One of the wireless clients, say Client B, disconnects from AP 1 and roams to AP 2. The topology now looks like this: AP 1: +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | ^ | | | Client A | | | Client B | | | v +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ AP 2 - br0 of AP 1 still knows that Client A is reachable via wlan0 (no change) - br0 of AP 1 will (possibly) know that Client B has left wlan0. There are cases where it might never find out though. Either way, DSA today does not process that notification in any way. - the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 1 may learn autonomously that Client B can be reached via swp0, if it receives any packet with Client 1's source MAC address over Ethernet. - the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 2 still thinks that Client B can be reached via swp0. It does not know that it has roamed to wlan0, because it doesn't perform SA learning from the CPU port. Now Client A contacts Client B. AP 1 routes the packet fine towards swp0 and delivers it on the Ethernet segment. AP 2 sees a frame on swp0 and its fdb says that the destination is swp0. Hairpinning is disabled => drop. This problem comes from the fact that these switches have a 'blind spot' for addresses coming from software bridging. The generic solution is not to assume that hardware learning can be enabled somehow, but to listen to more bridge learning events. It turns out that the bridge driver does learn in software from all inbound frames, in __br_handle_local_finish. A proper SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE notification is emitted for the addresses serviced by the bridge on 'foreign' interfaces. The software bridge also does the right thing on migration, by notifying that the old entry is deleted, so that does not need to be special-cased in DSA. When it is deleted, we just need to delete our static FDB entry towards the CPU too, and wait. The problem is that DSA currently only cares about SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE events received on its own interfaces, such as static FDB entries. Luckily we can change that, and DSA can listen to all switchdev FDB add/del events in the system and figure out if those events were emitted by a bridge that spans at least one of DSA's own ports. In case that is true, DSA will also offload that address towards its own CPU port, in the eventuality that there might be bridge clients attached to the DSA switch who want to talk to the station connected to the foreign interface. In terms of implementation, we need to keep the fdb_info->added_by_user check for the case where the switchdev event was targeted directly at a DSA switch port. But we don't need to look at that flag for snooped events. So the check is currently too late, we need to move it earlier. This also simplifies the code a bit, since we avoid uselessly allocating and freeing switchdev_work. We could probably do some improvements in the future. For example, multi-bridge support is rudimentary at the moment. If there are two bridges spanning a DSA switch's ports, and both of them need to service the same MAC address, then what will happen is that the migration of one of those stations will trigger the deletion of the FDB entry from the CPU port while it is still used by other bridge. That could be improved with reference counting but is left for another time. This behavior needs to be enabled at driver level by setting ds->assisted_learning_on_cpu_port = true. This is because we don't want to inflict a potential performance penalty (accesses through MDIO/I2C/SPI are expensive) to hardware that really doesn't need it because address learning on the CPU port works there. Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 17:51:35 +08:00
}
if (!dp->ds->ops->port_fdb_add || !dp->ds->ops->port_fdb_del)
return NOTIFY_DONE;
switchdev_work = kzalloc(sizeof(*switchdev_work), GFP_ATOMIC);
if (!switchdev_work)
return NOTIFY_BAD;
INIT_WORK(&switchdev_work->work,
dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work);
switchdev_work->ds = dp->ds;
switchdev_work->port = dp->index;
switchdev_work->event = event;
ether_addr_copy(switchdev_work->addr,
fdb_info->addr);
switchdev_work->vid = fdb_info->vid;
net: dsa: listen for SWITCHDEV_{FDB,DEL}_ADD_TO_DEVICE on foreign bridge neighbors Some DSA switches (and not only) cannot learn source MAC addresses from packets injected from the CPU. They only perform hardware address learning from inbound traffic. This can be problematic when we have a bridge spanning some DSA switch ports and some non-DSA ports (which we'll call "foreign interfaces" from DSA's perspective). There are 2 classes of problems created by the lack of learning on CPU-injected traffic: - excessive flooding, due to the fact that DSA treats those addresses as unknown - the risk of stale routes, which can lead to temporary packet loss To illustrate the second class, consider the following situation, which is common in production equipment (wireless access points, where there is a WLAN interface and an Ethernet switch, and these form a single bridging domain). AP 1: +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | ^ ^ | | | | | | | Client A Client B | | | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ AP 2 - br0 of AP 1 will know that Clients A and B are reachable via wlan0 - the hardware fdb of a DSA switch driver today is not kept in sync with the software entries on other bridge ports, so it will not know that clients A and B are reachable via the CPU port UNLESS the hardware switch itself performs SA learning from traffic injected from the CPU. Nonetheless, a substantial number of switches don't. - the hardware fdb of the DSA switch on AP 2 may autonomously learn that Client A and B are reachable through swp0. Therefore, the software br0 of AP 2 also may or may not learn this. In the example we're illustrating, some Ethernet traffic has been going on, and br0 from AP 2 has indeed learnt that it can reach Client B through swp0. One of the wireless clients, say Client B, disconnects from AP 1 and roams to AP 2. The topology now looks like this: AP 1: +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | ^ | | | Client A | | | Client B | | | v +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ AP 2 - br0 of AP 1 still knows that Client A is reachable via wlan0 (no change) - br0 of AP 1 will (possibly) know that Client B has left wlan0. There are cases where it might never find out though. Either way, DSA today does not process that notification in any way. - the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 1 may learn autonomously that Client B can be reached via swp0, if it receives any packet with Client 1's source MAC address over Ethernet. - the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 2 still thinks that Client B can be reached via swp0. It does not know that it has roamed to wlan0, because it doesn't perform SA learning from the CPU port. Now Client A contacts Client B. AP 1 routes the packet fine towards swp0 and delivers it on the Ethernet segment. AP 2 sees a frame on swp0 and its fdb says that the destination is swp0. Hairpinning is disabled => drop. This problem comes from the fact that these switches have a 'blind spot' for addresses coming from software bridging. The generic solution is not to assume that hardware learning can be enabled somehow, but to listen to more bridge learning events. It turns out that the bridge driver does learn in software from all inbound frames, in __br_handle_local_finish. A proper SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE notification is emitted for the addresses serviced by the bridge on 'foreign' interfaces. The software bridge also does the right thing on migration, by notifying that the old entry is deleted, so that does not need to be special-cased in DSA. When it is deleted, we just need to delete our static FDB entry towards the CPU too, and wait. The problem is that DSA currently only cares about SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE events received on its own interfaces, such as static FDB entries. Luckily we can change that, and DSA can listen to all switchdev FDB add/del events in the system and figure out if those events were emitted by a bridge that spans at least one of DSA's own ports. In case that is true, DSA will also offload that address towards its own CPU port, in the eventuality that there might be bridge clients attached to the DSA switch who want to talk to the station connected to the foreign interface. In terms of implementation, we need to keep the fdb_info->added_by_user check for the case where the switchdev event was targeted directly at a DSA switch port. But we don't need to look at that flag for snooped events. So the check is currently too late, we need to move it earlier. This also simplifies the code a bit, since we avoid uselessly allocating and freeing switchdev_work. We could probably do some improvements in the future. For example, multi-bridge support is rudimentary at the moment. If there are two bridges spanning a DSA switch's ports, and both of them need to service the same MAC address, then what will happen is that the migration of one of those stations will trigger the deletion of the FDB entry from the CPU port while it is still used by other bridge. That could be improved with reference counting but is left for another time. This behavior needs to be enabled at driver level by setting ds->assisted_learning_on_cpu_port = true. This is because we don't want to inflict a potential performance penalty (accesses through MDIO/I2C/SPI are expensive) to hardware that really doesn't need it because address learning on the CPU port works there. Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 17:51:35 +08:00
/* Hold a reference on the slave for dsa_fdb_offload_notify */
if (dsa_is_user_port(dp->ds, dp->index))
dev_hold(dev);
dsa_schedule_work(&switchdev_work->work);
break;
default:
return NOTIFY_DONE;
}
return NOTIFY_OK;
}
static int dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_event(struct notifier_block *unused,
unsigned long event, void *ptr)
{
struct net_device *dev = switchdev_notifier_info_to_dev(ptr);
int err;
switch (event) {
case SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD:
err = switchdev_handle_port_obj_add(dev, ptr,
dsa_slave_dev_check,
dsa_slave_port_obj_add);
return notifier_from_errno(err);
case SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_DEL:
err = switchdev_handle_port_obj_del(dev, ptr,
dsa_slave_dev_check,
dsa_slave_port_obj_del);
return notifier_from_errno(err);
case SWITCHDEV_PORT_ATTR_SET:
err = switchdev_handle_port_attr_set(dev, ptr,
dsa_slave_dev_check,
dsa_slave_port_attr_set);
return notifier_from_errno(err);
}
return NOTIFY_DONE;
}
static struct notifier_block dsa_slave_nb __read_mostly = {
.notifier_call = dsa_slave_netdevice_event,
};
struct notifier_block dsa_slave_switchdev_notifier = {
.notifier_call = dsa_slave_switchdev_event,
};
struct notifier_block dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_notifier = {
.notifier_call = dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_event,
};
int dsa_slave_register_notifier(void)
{
struct notifier_block *nb;
int err;
err = register_netdevice_notifier(&dsa_slave_nb);
if (err)
return err;
err = register_switchdev_notifier(&dsa_slave_switchdev_notifier);
if (err)
goto err_switchdev_nb;
nb = &dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_notifier;
err = register_switchdev_blocking_notifier(nb);
if (err)
goto err_switchdev_blocking_nb;
return 0;
err_switchdev_blocking_nb:
unregister_switchdev_notifier(&dsa_slave_switchdev_notifier);
err_switchdev_nb:
unregister_netdevice_notifier(&dsa_slave_nb);
return err;
}
void dsa_slave_unregister_notifier(void)
{
struct notifier_block *nb;
int err;
nb = &dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_notifier;
err = unregister_switchdev_blocking_notifier(nb);
if (err)
pr_err("DSA: failed to unregister switchdev blocking notifier (%d)\n", err);
err = unregister_switchdev_notifier(&dsa_slave_switchdev_notifier);
if (err)
pr_err("DSA: failed to unregister switchdev notifier (%d)\n", err);
err = unregister_netdevice_notifier(&dsa_slave_nb);
if (err)
pr_err("DSA: failed to unregister slave notifier (%d)\n", err);
}